Mutoh XPJ661UF Service Manual

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 580

MAINTENANCE

MANUAL

661UF

XPJ661UFE-M-01
XPJ661UFE-M-01

1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

2 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

3 Parts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

4 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

5 Self-Diagnosis Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

6 Maintenance Mode 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460

7 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462

8 Exploded View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472

2
XPJ661UFE-M-01

1 Introduction
1.1 About this manual .................................................................4

1.2 Important Notice ....................................................................5

1.3 Warning Labels......................................................................6

1.4 Before starting maintenance ................................................7

3
1.1 About this manual XPJ661UFE-M-01

1.1 About this manual 8. Appendix

Explains the maintenance information and the exploded views for this
(1) Purpose and Target Readers printer.
This manual explains preparations needed before maintaining and checking operations
for MUTOH Full Color Ink Jet Printer. This manual is prepared for the maintenance
(3) Manual Notation
personnel of this printer. Before using this printer, fully understand the contents and
directions in this manual. The following symbols are used in this manual for easier understanding of the
information.

(2 )Manual Configuration
Must be followed carefully to avoid death or serious bodily injury.
1. Introduction

Explains types of warnings, cautions and warnings labeled on the printer for the both Must be observed to avoid slight or moderate bodily injury or damage to your
operators of the printer and maintenance personnel. equipment.

2. Troubleshooting
Contains important information and useful tips on the operation of the
Explains troubles that may occur when using the printer and how to solve them. product.

3. Parts Replacement Indicates useful tips for operating or understanding the equipment.

Explains the procedures of replacement and removal of the service parts of the printer. (4) Firmware version covered by this document

Firmware version:1.00
4. Adjustment

Explains the adjusting procedures of the printer parts. (5) Establishment Date of This Document

This document was established on August 21, 2020


5. Self-Diagnostic Mode

Explains the self-diagnostic functions of the printer.


Chapter TOC
6. Maintenance Mode 2 => 1 Introduction

Explains the maintenance mode 2 of the printer.

7. Maintenance

Explains daily maintenance of the printer.

4
1.2 Important Notice XPJ661UFE-M-01

1.2 Important Notice


(1) Trademark Mentioned in this Manual

• MUTOH XpertJet XPJ-426UF are registered trademarks or product names of MUTOH Chapter TOC
INDUSTRIES LTD. => 1 Introduction
• Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10 and MS-DOS are registered
trademarks or product names of Microsoft Corporation.
• Intel and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation.
• Other company and product names may be registered trademarks or product names.

• No part of this product or publication may be reproduced, copied, or transmitted in any


form or by any means, except for personal use, without the permission of MUTOH
INDUSTRIES LTD.
• The product and the contents of this publication may be changed without prior
notification.
• MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD. has made the best efforts to keep this publication free from
error, but if you find any uncertainties or misprints, please call us or the shop where you
bought this equipment.
• MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD. shall not be liable for any damages or troubles resulting from
the use of this equipment or this manual.

5
1.3 Warning Labels XPJ661UFE-M-01

1.3 Warning Labels


This section explains the handling of warning label, pasting location and types. Warning
labels are attached to parts of the printer that need special caution. Understand the
locations and the descriptions of the danger associated with each label before operating Chapter TOC=> 1 Introduction
the printer.

Follow all instructions and warnings on this manual when installing, operating, or maintaining
the equipment.

• All warning labels must be visually recognized.


If the text or illustrations cannot be seen clearly, clean or replace the label.
When cleaning warning labels, use cloth with water or neutral detergent.
• Do not use solvent or gasoline.
If a warning label is damaged, lost, or cannot be recognized, replace the label.
• Location and type of warning labels
=> Installation Manual

6
1.4 Before starting maintenance XPJ661UFE-M-01

1.4 Before starting maintenance Note the following points when using UV ink.

Note the following points when performing the maintenance.

UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.


Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact.
• Read the installation manual and operation manual carefully before starting the
operation.Otherwise, you may be injured.
=> Installation manual
=> Operation manual
• Before starting part(s) replacement, always perform following operations.
- Turn OFF power.
- Remove Power plug from outlet. The printer uses UV ink.
Otherwise, you may suffer electric shock or system circuit may be damaged.
There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by strong light from fluorescent lamps or
• Remove any cable(s) connected to the printer. sunlight.
Otherwise, the printer may be damaged.
Do not leave for a long time (1 or more days) with the cover removed.

• Components in printer can be disassembled only if instructed so in this manual.


Chapter TOC=> 1 Introduction
- Donot disassemble Frame components and/or other components that are not instructed.
- The printer has been assembled in MUTOH factory with extremely high precision up to 1/
100mm.
- If disassembled inappropriately, normal functionality may not be restored.
• Check if there is sufficient space around the printer when performing maintenance work.
• When servicing the machinery inside with some covers removed, pay special attention not
to be injured by the driving mechanisms.

7
XPJ661UFE-M-01

2 Troubleshooting
2.1 Introduction .......................................................................9

2.2 Error Messages ...............................................................10

2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages....................14

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems..................................... 15

2.3.2 Media Feed Problems ........................................... 17

2.3.3 Printing Problems .................................................. 18

2.3.4 Noise Problems..................................................... 21

2.3.5 Online Function Problems ..................................... 22

2.3.6 Other Problems ..................................................... 23

8
2.1 Introduction XPJ661UFE-M-01

2.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information on possible causes of machine errors/damage and recovery actions.

If the machine is malfunctioning but no error messages are displayed, refer to2.3Troubleshooting Without Error MessagesIf cause of errors/damage and recovery actions are not found in this
chapter, or the machine cannot restore to normal status, please contact the distributor you purchased the product from or our customer support center.

Trouble Contents Reference


When the message is displayed Trouble with an error message displayed on Operation 2.2Error Messages
panel when the printer is malfunctioning.
When the message is not displayed Trouble without an error message displayed on 2.3Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
Operation panel even when the printer is malfunctioning.

Chapter TOC=> 2 Troubleshooting

9
2.2 Error Messages XPJ661UFE-M-01

2.2 Error Messages


This section describes the messages displayed in normal operation and upon an error occurrence as well as how to correct the error. The available messages are as follows.

Error Symptom Cause

E016 Interrupt [00] (Interrupt problem) Interrupt handling problem Main board is damaged

E016 TLB Modify [01] (TLB Modification exception) Instruction boundary error

E016 TLB – L / I [02] (TLBL: TLB exception (load or instruction fetch))


Instruction boundary error

E016 TLB – S [03] (TLBS: TLB exception (store)) Instruction boundary error

E016 Add Err – L / I [04] (Address error exception (load or instruction fetch))
Address error in loading a command or at a time of fetch

E016 Add Err – S [05] (Address error exception (store)) Address error in data
storing process

E016 Bus Err – I [06] (Bus exception error (instruction fetch)) Bus error in
loading or storing a command

E016 Bus Err – L / S [07] (Bus error (data reference: load or store)) Bus error in
loading or storing a command

E016 System Call [08] (System Call) System call error

E016 Break Point [09] (Break Point) Breakpoint error

• including zero-divide operation


• the compiler generates codes so as to
generate an error when the operation is a
zero-divide

E016 Reserved [10] (Reserved instruction) Reserved instruction error

10
2.2 Error Messages XPJ661UFE-M-01

Error Symptom Cause

E016 Copro [11] (Coprocessor Unusable) Coprocessor error Main board is damaged

E016 Overflow [12] (Arithmetic overflow) Occurrence of overflow

E016 Trap [13] (Trap) Occurrence of trap

E016 Floating [15] (Floating Point) Floating point error

E016 Watch [23] (Watch exception error) Error in Watch

E016 Watch Dog [32] (Watchdog time-out) Time-out error in watchdog

E016 Abort Err[33] (Abort Error) CPU becomes aborted

CPU ERROR [35] (Checksum error) The content of Flash ROM may be
damaged

E016 Exception Err [XX] EXC error (undefined) other than above (EXC error
number will be displayed in XX.)

E065 Error: PF Motor Error in media feeding motor (X-axis) during printer PF Motor is damaged
operation. Main board is damaged

E066 Error: CR Motor Error in head moving motor (Y-axis) during printer T Fence is damaged
operation CR Motor is damaged
CR board is damaged
Main board is damaged

E067 Error: PF Encoder Error in media feeding amount (X-axis) during printer PF Motor is damaged
operation Main board is damaged

E068 Error: CR Encoder Error in head moving amount (Y-axis) during printer CR board is damaged
operation Main board is damaged

E069 Error: PF Time-out Time-out error in media moving amount (X-axis) during PF Motor is damaged
printer operation Main board is damaged

E070 Error: CR Time-out Time-out error in head moving amount (Y-axis) during T Fence is damaged
printer operation CR Motor is damaged
CR board is damaged
Main board is damaged

E071 Error: PF Over current Problem caused by the media feeding motor (X-axis) PF Motor is damaged
overload during printer operation Main board is damaged

11
2.2 Error Messages XPJ661UFE-M-01

Error Symptom Cause

E072 Error: CR Over current Problem caused by the head moving motor (Y-axis) T Fence is damaged
overload during printer operation CR Motor is damaged
CR board is damaged
Main board is damaged

E073 Error: PF2 Over current E071 error detected by the firmware PF Motor is damaged
Main board is damaged

E074 Error: CR2 Over current E072 error detected by the firmware T Fence is damaged
CR Motor is damaged
CR board is damaged
Main board is damaged

E075 Error: Head Temperature Head cable or head thermistor problem- Head FFC (D): Connection failure or damage
Cable break of the head cable or defect in the head Print Head is damaged
thermistor

E081 Error: CR Origin CR origin cannot be detected CR HP Sensor is damaged

E085 Error: Head overheat Defect in the head driver or print head- Head FFC (D): Connection failure or damage
Defect in the print head or cable break of the head cable Print Head is damaged

E087 Error: Head transistor thermistor Defect in the head transistor- Print Head is damaged
Defect in the temperature of the head transistor on the Main board is damaged
main board or sensor abnormality

E092 Error: CR Overload E072 Error detected by the firmware Carriage Lock Solenoid is damaged
T Fence is damaged
CR Motor is damaged
CR board is damaged
Main board is damaged
CR Return Pulley is damaged
Roller Strip (front) is damaged
Roller Strip (slope) is damaged

E097 Error: NVRAM Problem with the NVRAM Main board is damaged

E154 Error: AC Voltage drop Power-supply disconnection or brownout- CR board is damaged


Disconnected AC cable, Temporary blackout, or Defect
in the power supply board

E155 Error: Abnormal end Defect in CPU memory- “E016” is shown on the screen.

E224 Error: UV Fan 1 UV Fan 1 is stopped.- Defect in UV Fan 1

E226 Error: UV Temp Err. UV Lamp is overheated.- Defect in UV Lamp

12
2.2 Error Messages XPJ661UFE-M-01

Error Symptom Cause

E240 Error: PG Origin PG origin cannot be detected.- Defect in the PG origin


sensor assembly or main board assembly

E241 Error: PG Limit PG limit cannot be detected.- Defect in the PG limit


sensor assembly or main board assembly

Chapter TOC=> 2 Troubleshooting

13
2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages XPJ661UFE-M-01

2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages


This section describes the symptoms of errors without an error message as well as the check items and recovery actions.

=> 2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems

=> 2.3.2 Media Feed Problems


=> 2.3.3 Printing Problems
=> 2.3.4 Noise Problems
=> 2.3.5 Online Function Problems
=> 2.3.6 Other Problems

TOC=> 2 Troubleshooting

14
2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages XPJ661UFE-M-01

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems

No. Symptom Possible Error Factor

1 Printer cannot be turned on Power cable is damaged


Main Side AC Inlet Fan Box Cable: Connection failure or damage
Fuse-Terminal Block Cable: Connection failure or damage
Terminal Blocks Power Supply Cable: Connection failure or damage
Main BoardDC Cable: Connection failure or damage
AC Fuse is damaged
Panel FFC: Connection failure or damage
Panel Unit is damaged
AC Inlet is damaged
Power Supply board is damaged
Main board is damaged

2 LCD display malfunction Panel FFC: Connection failure or damage


Panel Unit is damaged
Power Supply board is damaged
Main board is damaged

3 Initial ink charge does not start [Cover open] displayed:


Maintenance cover is open
Front cover is open
Cover switch: Connection failure or damage
[No Cartridge] displayed:
Ink cartridges are not installed.
Ink cartridge is not MUTOH exclusive ones.
Panel FFC: Connection failure or damage
Main board is damaged

4 Initial ink charge started, but ink does not reach Head Cap Head is damaged
Capping Station is damaged
Ink tube: Connection failure or damage
DC Pump is damaged
Valve Head is damaged
Print Head is damaged

5 Ink does not come out even after initial ink charge is completed Cap Head is damaged
Wiper Solenoid is damaged
DC Pump is damaged
Valve Head is damaged
Head FFC (D): Connection failure or damage
CR-FFC: Connection failure or damage
Print Head is damaged
CR board is damaged
Main board is damaged

6 The printer does not stop operation even when Front cover or Maintenance Cover switch: Connection failure or damage
cover is opened.

7 After the printer is turned on, "Initializing" is displayed and the printer resets Panel FFC: Connection failure or damage

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems 15


2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages XPJ661UFE-M-01

No. Symptom Possible Error Factor

8 Loading media does not start the initial operation Cover switch: Connection failure or damage

9 The printer does not operate even when Front cover or Maintenance cover is Cover switch: Connection failure or damage
closed.

10 The printer does not recognize the installed ink cartridges Ink cartridge is not MUTOH exclusive ones.

11 Nothing can be input from Operation panel Panel is contaminated


Panel FFC: Connection failure or damage
Main board is damaged

12 Printing does not start even after receiving data.

Chapter TOC=> 2 Troubleshooting

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems 16


2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages XPJ661UFE-M-01

2.3.2 Media Feed Problems

No. Symptom Possible Error Factor


1 Media size is not correctly detected after media initialization. Media is not MUTOH recommended media.

Chapter TOC=> 2 Troubleshooting

2.3.2 Media Feed Problems 17


2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages XPJ661UFE-M-01

2.3.3 Printing Problems

Symptom Possible Error Factor


The printer does not print continuously. Wrong F/W in Main side
Main board is damaged

After printing, the printer feeds an extra amount of media. If no problem with other data:
Data damaged
Wrong F/W in Main side
Main board is damaged

Nozzles are clogged during printing Daily maintenance is not performed


Ink accumulation in flushing box

Cleaning does not mend the clogged nozzles or skewed ink discharge. Cleaning is not sufficient.
Ink adhered on wiper
Wiper is not fixed properly.
No ink in ink tube
Ink tube: Connection failure or damage
Nozzle is clogged.
Wrong head rank
Ink adhered on head surface or in nozzle.
DC Pump is damaged
Print Head is damaged
CR board is damaged
Main board is damaged

Cannot print at all CR-FFC: Connection failure or damage


A specific color is missing Valve Head is damaged
Ink tube: Connection failure or damage
Head FFC (D): Connection failure or damage
DC Pump is damaged
Print Head is damaged
CR board is damaged
Main board is damaged

The page is printed all black. Head FFC (D): Connection failure or damage
CR-FFC: Connection failure or damage
Print Head is damaged
CR board is damaged
Main board is damaged

The page is printed blocky. Daily maintenance is not performed


Printer used in such environment that exceeds operating condition range.

2.3.3 Printing Problems 18


2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages XPJ661UFE-M-01

Symptom Possible Error Factor


Images are printed unevenly. Printing immediately after initial ink replenishment
Lines in the CR direction look split. Media feed compensation value inccorrect
White or black lines appear on printed media Incorrect print head adjustment
Nozzle clog
Printing in banner mode
Oil or grease adhered on media
X speed reduction belt tension is not correct
Pressure rollers do not operate smoothly
Adsorption Fan is damaged
Wiper blade is damaged
Wiper Solenoid is damaged
Wiper is damaged
T Fence is damaged
DC Pump is damaged
Ink tube: Connection failure or damage
Wrong head rank
Ink adhered on head surface or in nozzle.
Print Head is damaged
CR board is damaged
Main board is damaged

The printed borders are blurred. Cleaning is not sufficient.


Media is not MUTOH recommended media.
Heater temperature setting is incorrect
Incorrect print head adjustment
Print Head is damaged
CR board is damaged
Main board is damaged

There are unwanted dots (satellites). Printer used in such environment that exceeds operating condition range.
Lines are printed blurry (messy printing result) Cleaning is not sufficient.
Printing immediately after initial ink replenishment
Ink adhered on wiper
Ink adhered on head surface or in nozzle.
Incorrect print head adjustment
Ink left in cartridge is not sufficient
PG is too high
Interference between CR encoder and T fence.
Wiper blade is damaged
Wiper Solenoid is damaged
Wiper is damaged
DC Pump is damaged
Ink tube: Connection failure or damage
Wrong head rank
Ink adhered on head surface or in nozzle.
Print Head is damaged
CR board is damaged
Main board is damaged

2.3.3 Printing Problems 19


2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages XPJ661UFE-M-01

Symptom Possible Error Factor


Mixed color lines are not overlapped. Incorrect print head adjustment
Interference between CR encoder and T fence.

The printed results are uneven. (Vertical direction against the printer unit) Interference between CR encoder and T fence.
X speed reduction belt tension is not correct
Roll Media holder flange is not installed properly
Pressure rollers do not operate smoothly
T fence is contaminated.
Main board malfunction
X speed reduction belt is loose
Media feed compensation value inccorrect
Dust adhere on grid roller.
Incorrect print head adjustment
Wrong head rank
Roller guide is contaminated.
Adsorption Fan is damaged
Bare Steel Shees is damaged
VJ Cursor Roller Arm is damaged
Cursor is damaged

Chapter TOC=> 2 Troubleshooting

2.3.3 Printing Problems 20


2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages XPJ661UFE-M-01

2.3.4 Noise Problems

No. Symptom Possible Error Factor


1 Abnormal noise is heard when media is sucked Foreign material or obstacle on adsorption fan or its neighborhood.
Adsorption Fan is damaged
Main board is damaged
Power Supply board is damaged

2 Abnormal noise is heard during waiting time Foreign material or obstacle makes noise.
Board makes noise.

3 Abnormal noise is heard while cursor is moving laterally Client thinks mechanical sound as noise.
Roller guide is contaminated.
Foreign material in bearing(s).
Noise generation due to loose screw(s)
Rattling noise heard when carriage is moved to the left or right
CR FFC makes noise.
Cable cover of carriage makes contact noise.
CR return pulley makes noise.
CR motor makes noise.

4 Abnormal noise is heard when feeding media Jumping gear teeth between X speed reduction belt and PF speed reduction pulley
PF motor makes noise.
Dust adhere on grid roller.
PF encoder scale is contaminated
PF encoder is not installed properly

2.3.4 Noise Problems 21


2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages XPJ661UFE-M-01

2.3.5 Online Function Problems

No. Symptom Possible Error Factor


1 Other functions do not work correctly Main board is damaged

2 Printing position is incorrect Incorrect print head adjustment


Main board is damaged

3 Data or printing is garbled Wrong F/W in Main board

4 Part of the data is not printed (missing) T fence is contaminated.


CR Encoder is damaged
Main board is damaged

Section Top => 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages

2.3.5 Online Function Problems 22


2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages XPJ661UFE-M-01

2.3.6 Other Problems

No. Symptom Possible Error Factor


1 System hang up during operation Main board malfunction

2 Power outage during operation Power cable is damaged


Short circuit.
Power Supply board is damaged

3 Ink cartridge cannot be inserted Ink cartridge is not installed properly


Ink cartridge is not MUTOH exclusive ones.

4 Ink overflow in waste fluid tank Waste ink bottle is damaged

5 Ink overflow in flushing box Ink accumulation in flushing box

6 Ink overflow in X rail and its neighborhood Ink accumulation in flushing box
Wiper tube connection failure
Maintenance tube connection failure
Ink tube: Connection failure or damage
CR board is damaged
Print Head is damaged
Main board is damaged

Section Top => 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages

2.3.6 Other Problems 23


XPJ661UFE-M-01

3 Parts Replacement 3.3.3 Exhaust Fan (right-side) ........................................... 60

3.3.4 Exhaust Fan Filter (left-side)..................................... 62


3.1 Introduction..........................................................................28
3.3.5 Exhaust Fan Filter (right-side) .................................. 64
3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble .................................................29
3.3.6 Front Cover Switch (left-side) ................................... 66
3.2.1 Waste Fluid Bottle Cover........................................... 30
3.3.7 Front Cover Switch (right-side) ................................. 68
3.2.2 Maintenance Cover ................................................... 32
3.3.8 Laser Sensor ............................................................ 70
3.2.3 Front Cover................................................................ 34
3.3.9 Maintenance Cover Switch (left-side) ....................... 73
3.2.4 Side Cover R ............................................................. 37
3.3.10 Maintenance Cover Switch (right-side)..................... 75
3.2.5 Side Cover L.............................................................. 39
3.3.11 PF Belt ...................................................................... 77
3.2.6 Rear Cover ................................................................ 41
3.3.12 PF Encoder............................................................... 79
3.2.7 Base Rear Cover ....................................................... 43
3.3.13 PF Motor ................................................................... 81
3.2.8 Top Cover.................................................................. 45
3.3.14 PF Pulley .................................................................. 83
3.2.9 Side Outer Cover R ................................................... 48
3.3.15 PF Scale ................................................................... 85
3.2.10 Side Outer Cover L.................................................... 51
3.4 Table .................................................................................... 87
3.2.11 Cover F...................................................................... 53
3.4.1 Maintenance Part(s) ................................................. 87
3.2.12 Panel Cover............................................................... 55
3.4.2 Rear plate - Remove / Assemble.............................. 88
3.3 Frame....................................................................................57
3.4.3 Z motor ..................................................................... 90
3.3.1 Maintenance Part(s) .................................................. 57
3.4.4 Shaft ......................................................................... 92
3.3.2 Exhaust Fan (left-side) .............................................. 58

24
XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.5 Cover ....................................................................................95 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock .......................... 124

3.5.1 Maintenance Part(s) .................................................. 95 3.7.3 Valve Head Cleaning .............................................. 126

3.6 Board Box ............................................................................96 3.7.4 Carriage Cover-Remove / Assemble ...................... 129

3.6.1 Maintenance Part(s) .................................................. 96 3.7.5 CR Board Cover-Remove / Assemble .................... 131

3.6.2 LAN Cover-Remove / Assemble................................ 97 3.7.6 CR Board Base-Remove / Assemble ..................... 133

3.6.3 Power Cover-Remove / Assemble ............................ 99 3.7.7 Cursor roller arm (left-side)..................................... 136

3.6.4 UV CONT Cover-Remove / Assemble .................... 101 3.7.8 Cursor Roller Arm (Right-side) ............................... 138

3.6.5 AC Inlet.................................................................... 103 3.7.9 CR Board ................................................................ 140

3.6.6 Cooling Fan ............................................................. 105 3.7.10 CR encoder............................................................. 142

3.6.7 Junction Board (left-side)......................................... 107 3.7.11 Cursor Assy ............................................................ 144

3.6.8 Junction Board (right-side) ...................................... 109 3.7.12 LED Pointer ............................................................ 148

3.6.9 Main Board .............................................................. 111 3.7.13 Mini Latch ............................................................... 150

3.6.10 Power Supply Board................................................ 114 3.7.14 Print Head............................................................... 152

3.6.11 Terminal Block......................................................... 117 3.7.15 UV-LED................................................................... 157

3.6.12 Power Supply Board (UV-LED) ............................... 119 3.7.16 Valve head.............................................................. 159

3.6.13 LED_CONT Board................................................... 121 3.8 Y-Rail.................................................................................. 163

3.7 CR .......................................................................................123 3.8.1 Maintenance Part(s) ............................................... 163

3.7.1 Maintenance Part(s) ................................................ 123 3.8.2 CR belt.................................................................... 164

25
XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.8.3 CR motor ................................................................. 167 3.11.5 Circulation pump..................................................... 197

3.8.4 CR origin sensor...................................................... 169 3.12 Maintenance ...................................................................... 200

3.8.5 CR Return Pulley..................................................... 171 3.12.1 Maintenance Part(s) ............................................... 200

3.8.6 T-fence .................................................................... 174 3.12.2 Pump Cover-Remove / Assemble .......................... 201

3.8.7 T-fence guide........................................................... 176 3.12.3 Cap Head................................................................ 203

3.8.8 T-fence spring.......................................................... 178 3.12.4 Waste Fluid Pump .................................................. 206

3.9 Cable Guide........................................................................180 3.12.5 Wiper Solenoid ....................................................... 209

3.9.1 Maintenance Part(s) ................................................ 180 3.12.6 Wiper Unit ............................................................... 212

3.10 IH-R .....................................................................................181 3.13 Panel .................................................................................. 214

3.10.1 Maintenance Part(s) ................................................ 181 3.13.1 Maintenance Part(s) ............................................... 214

3.10.2 Cartridge holder....................................................... 182 3.13.2 Panel Unit ............................................................... 215

3.10.3 Holder pressure spring ............................................ 185 3.14 Accessories....................................................................... 218

3.10.4 Ink ID board ............................................................. 187 3.14.1 Maintenance Part(s) ............................................... 218

3.11 IH-L......................................................................................189 3.14.2 Waste Fluid Bottle................................................... 219

3.11.1 Maintenance Part(s) ................................................ 189 3.14.3 Wiper ...................................................................... 222

3.11.2 Cartridge holder....................................................... 190 3.15 Periodic Replacement Parts ............................................ 224

3.11.3 Holder pressure spring ............................................ 193 3.15.1 Maintenance Part(s) ............................................... 224

3.11.4 Ink ID board ............................................................. 195 3.15.2 Maintenance Unit.................................................... 225

26
XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.16 FFC......................................................................................227

3.16.1 Maintenance Part(s) ................................................ 227

3.16.2 CR-FFC ................................................................... 228

3.16.3 Head-FFC................................................................ 232

3.16.4 JUNC-FFC (left-side)............................................... 235

3.16.5 JUNC-FFC (right-side)............................................. 238

3.16.6 Panel-FFC ............................................................... 241

3.16.7 FFC Folding Instruction ........................................... 245

27
3.1 Introduction XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information on removal and replacement of service parts.
Chapter TOC
=> 3 Parts Replacement
Index by section
=> 3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble
Before starting part(s) replacement, always perform following operations. => 3.3 Frame
• Turn OFF power. => 3.4 Table
• Remove Power plug from outlet. => 3.5 Cover
Otherwise, you may suffer electric shock or system circuit may be damaged. => 3.6 Board Box
• Remove any Cable connected to the printer. => 3.7 CR
=> 3.8 Y-Rail
=> 3.9 Cable Guide
=> 3.10 IH-R
=> 3.11 IH-L
=> 3.12 Maintenance
• Components in printer can be disassembled only if instructed so in this manual. Do not
=> 3.13 Panel
disassemble Frame components and/or other components that are not instructed.
=> 3.14 Accessories
• The printer has been assembled in MUTOH factory with extremely high precision up to 1/
100mm. If disassembled inappropriately, normal functionality may not be restored. => 3.15 Periodic Replacement Parts
• The printer uses UV ink. => 3.16 FFC
There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by strong light from fluorescent lamps or
sunlight.
• Do not leave for a long time (1 or more days) with the cover removed.

Pictures and illustrations are taken at development phase.


Thus specification and procedure may not be up-to-date.

28
3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble

Parts Replacement
=> 3 Parts Replacement
Index by section
=> 3.1 Introduction
Exploded View
=>8.3_ 0300 Cover - Overview

The following table lists the printer covers.


This section describes how to remove/reinstall the printer covers.

No Name Reference
1 Waste Fluid Bottle Cover 3.2.1 Waste Fluid Bottle Cover

2 Maintenance Cover 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover

3 Front Cover 3.2.3 Front Cover

4 Side Cover R 3.2.4 Side Cover R

5 Side Cover L 3.2.5 Side Cover L

6 Base Rear Cover 3.2.6 Rear Cover

7 Top Cover 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover

8 Side Outer Cover R 3.2.8 Top Cover

9 Side Outer Cover L 3.2.9 Side Outer Cover R

10 Panel Cover 3.2.10 Side Outer Cover L

11 Cover F 3.2.11 Cover F

12 Panel Cover 3.2.12 Panel Cover

29
3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.2.1 Waste Fluid Bottle Cover Procedure

1 Remove screw(s).
A : waste fluid bottle cover - round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x7)
2 Remove waste fluid bottle cover.
3 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

3.2.1 Waste Fluid Bottle Cover 30


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove screw(s). Section top


A : round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x7) => 3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble
B: waste fluid bottle cover

2 Remove waste fluid bottle cover.

3 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Do not pinch the waste fluid tube.

3.2.1 Waste Fluid Bottle Cover 31


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.2.2 Maintenance Cover Procedure

1 Insert the media.


A : front cover
2 Open the maintenance cover.
3 Remove screw(s).
- truss head small screw (black)_M4x6 (x4)
4 Remove maintenance cover.
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
6 Check the operation of maintenance cover sensor.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

3.2.2 Maintenance Cover 32


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Insert media. Section top


A : media => 3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble
B: hinge

Insert the media under the hinge to protect the top


cover.

2 Remove maintenance cover.

3 Remove screw(s).
A : truss head small screw (black)_M4x6 (x4)
B: hinge

4 Remove maintenance cover.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

6 Check the operation of maintenance cover sensor.


=> 4.2 Adjustment Item

3.2.2 Maintenance Cover 33


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.2.3 Front Cover Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : front cover - maintenance cover
2 Remove left damper.
- hexagon socket round head screw_M3x6 (x2)
3 Remove right damper.
- hexagon socket round head screw_M3x6 (x2)
4 Remove screw(s).
- flat head hexagon socket screw (black)_M4x8 (x4)
5 Remove front cover.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
7 Check the operation of front cover sensor.
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference
- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -
- Hex Wrench (2.5mm) -
- Hex Wrench (2.0mm) -

3.2.3 Front Cover 34


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
3 Remove right damper.
A : hexagon socket round head screw_M3x6 (x2)
1 Remove cover(s).
- maintenance cover B: damper Stay
C: damper
2 Remove left damper. D: tape
A : hexagon socket round head screw_M3x6 (x2) (1) Remove screws fixing the damper stay.
B: damper Stay
C: damper
D: tape
• Support the front cover with your hand.
(1) Remove screws fixing the damper stay.
• Otherwise, the cover may fall off when removing the
screws.

• Support the front cover with your hands. (2) Remove damper.
• Otherwise, the cover may fall off when removing the
screws. (3) Fix the damper to the front cover with tape.

(2) Remove damper.

(3) Fix the damper to the front cover with tape.


continue

3.2.3 Front Cover 35


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

4 Remove screw(s)
A : flat head hexagon socket screw (black)_M4x8 (x4)
B: hinge cover (x2)

Do not lose the hinge cover since it is required for the


installation.

5 Remove front cover.

6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

7 Check the operation of front cover sensor.


=> 4.2 Adjustment Item

Section top
=> 3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble

3.2.3 Front Cover 36


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.2.4 Side Cover R Procedure

1 Loosen the screw fixing the top cover.


A : Side Cover R - tap tight s bind screw (black)_M4x8 (x1)
2 Remove screw(s).
-s tight cup tapping screw_M4x10 (x3)
- tap tight s bind screw (black)_M4x8 (x2)
3 Remove side cover R.
4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
5 Check the operation of laser sensor.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

3.2.4 Side Cover R 37


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
5 Check the operation of laser sensor.
=> 4.2 Adjustment Item
1 Loosen the screw fixing the top cover.
A : tap tight s bind screw (black)_M4x8 (x1)
B: top cover
C: side cover R Section top
=> 3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble

2 Remove screw(s).
A : s tight cup tapping screw_M4x10 (x3)
B: tap tight s bind screw (black)_M4x8 (x2)
C: side cover R

3 Remove side cover R.

Pull out the cover horizontally.

4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3.2.4 Side Cover R 38


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.2.5 Side Cover L Procedure

1 Loosen the screw fixing the top cover.


A : side cover L - tap tight s bind screw (black)_M4x8 (x1)
2 Remove screw(s).
-s tight cup tapping screw_M4x10 (x3)
- tap tight s bind screw (black)_M4x8 (x2)
3 Remove side cover L.
4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
5 Check the operation of laser sensor.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

3.2.5 Side Cover L 39


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
5 Check the operation of laser sensor.
=> 4.2 Adjustment Item
1 Loosen the screw fixing the top cover.
A : tap tight s bind screw (black)_M4x8 (x1)
B: top cover
C: side cover L
Section top
=> 3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble

2 Remove screw(s).
A : s tight cup tapping screw_M4x10 (x3)
B: tap tight s bind screw (black)_M4x8 (x2)
C: side cover L

3 Remove side cover L.

Pull out the cover horizontally.

4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3.2.5 Side Cover L 40


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.2.6 Rear Cover Procedure

1 Remove screw(s).
A : rear cover - tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x1)
2 Remove rear cover.
3 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

Work with two people.

3.2.6 Rear Cover 41


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove screw(s). Section top


A : tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x1) => 3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble
B: rear cover

2 Loosen screw(s).
A : tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x4)
B: rear cover

3 Remove rear cover.

Pulloutthecoverbackwards and horizontally.

4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3.2.6 Rear Cover 42


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.2.7 Base Rear Cover Procedure

1 Remove screw(s).
A : base rear cover - tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x10)
2 Remove base rear cover.
3 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

3.2.7 Base Rear Cover 43


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove screw(s). Section top


A : tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x10) => 3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble
B: base rear cover
C: side outer cover R
D: side outer cover L

2 Remove screw(s).
A : tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x21)
B: base rear cover

3 Remove base rear cover.

4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3.2.7 Base Rear Cover 44


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.2.8 Top Cover Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : top cover -maintenance cover
- front cover
- base Rear cover
2 Remove screw(s).
- tap tight s bind screw (black)_M4x8 (x4)
- tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x6)
3 Remove top cover.
4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

3.2.8 Top Cover 45


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
3 Remove screw(s).
A : tap tight s bind screw (black)_M4x8 (x4)
1 Remove cover(s).
- Maintenance Cover B: tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x6)
=> 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover C: top cover
- front cover
=> 3.2.3 Front Cover
- base rear cover
=> 3.2.6 Rear Cover

After reinstalling the front cover, check the operation of


front cover
sensor.

2 Remove screw(s).
A : tap tight s bind screw (black)_M4x8 (x4)
B: tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x6)
C: top cover

continue

3.2.8 Top Cover 46


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

4 Remove screw(s).
A : tap tight s bind screw (black)_M4x8 (x4)
B: tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x6)
C: top cover

These screws fix the base rear cover altogether

5 Remove top cover.

6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble

3.2.8 Top Cover 47


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.2.9 Side Outer Cover R Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : side outer cover R - waste fluid bottle cover
2 Remove waste fluid bottle.
3 Remove waste fluid bottle base.
- round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x4)
4 Remove screw(s).
- tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x24)
5 Remove side outer cover R.
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


Phillips screwdriver No.2 -
Precautions when using UV ink
• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.
Wear butyl rubber gloves and protective goggles to prevent skin contact.
• There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by strong light from fluorescent lamps or
sunlight.
• Work in an environment where UV light does not interfere as much as possible.

3.2.9 Side Outer Cover R 48


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
4 Remove screw(s).
A : tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x24)
1 Remove cover(s).
- waste fluid bottle cover B: side outer cover R
=> 3.2.1 Waste Fluid Bottle Cover

2 Remove waste fluid bottle.


=> 3.14.2 Waste Fluid Bottle

The waste fluid bottle is attached to the side outer


cover R.

• Do not spill the waste fluid.It may contaminate the floor.


• Remove tube carefully since the waste fluid still remains
inside the tube. It may contaminate the system.

3 Remove waste fluid bottle base.


A : round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x4)
B: waste fluid bottle base
C: side outer cover R

5 Remove side outer cover R.

6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3.2.9 Side Outer Cover R 49


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

Section top
=> 3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble

3.2.9 Side Outer Cover R 50


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.2.10 Side Outer Cover L Procedure

1 Remove screw(s).
A : side outer cover L - tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x24)
2 Remove side outer cover L.
3 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

3.2.10 Side Outer Cover L 51


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove screw(s).
A : tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x24) Section top
=> 3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble
B: side outer cover L

2. Remove screw(s).
A : tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x24)
B: side outer cover L

2 Remove side outer cover L.

3 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3.2.10 Side Outer Cover L 52


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.2.11 Cover F Procedure

1 Remove screw(s).
A : cover F - tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x7)
2 Remove cover F.
3 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

3.2.11 Cover F 53
3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove screw(s).
A : tap tight s bind screw (black)_M3x6 (x7)
B: cover F.

2 Remove cover F.

3 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble

3.2.11 Cover F 54
3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.2.12 Panel Cover Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : panel cover - cover F
2 Remove screw(s).
-s tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 (x4)
3 Remove panel cover.
4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

3.2.12 Panel Cover 55


3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- cover F
=> 3.2.11 Cover F

2 Remove screw(s).
A : s tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 (x4)
B: panel cover

3 Remove panel cover.

4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.2 Cover-Remove / Assemble

3.2.12 Panel Cover 56


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.3 Frame This section describes how to replace the maintenance parts.
The following table lists the maintenance parts.

3.3.1 Maintenance Part(s) No. Name Reference


1 Exhaust Fan (left-side) 3.3.2 Exhaust Fan (left-side)

2 Exhaust Fan (right-side) 3.3.3 Exhaust Fan (right-side)

Chapter TOC 3 Exhaust Fan Filter (left-side) 3.3.4 Exhaust Fan Filter (left-side)
=> 3 Parts Replacement
4 Exhaust Fan Filter (right-side) 3.3.5 Exhaust Fan Filter (right-side)
Index by Section
=> 3.1 Introduction 5 Front Cover Switch (left-side) 3.3.6 Front Cover Switch (left-side)
Exploded View 6 3.3.7 Front Cover Switch (right-side)
Front Cover Switch (right-side)
=>8.3_ 0100 Frame Overview
7 Laser Sensor 3.3.8 Laser Sensor

8 Maintenance Cover Switch (left-side) 3.3.9 Maintenance Cover Switch (left-side)

9 Maintenance Cover Switch (right-side) 3.3.10 Maintenance Cover Switch (right-


side)

10 PF Belt 3.3.11 PF Belt

11 PF Encoder 3.3.12 PF Encoder

12 PF Motor 3.3.13 PF Motor

13 PF Pulley 3.3.14 PF Pulley

14 PF Scale 3.3.15 PF Scale

3.3.1 Maintenance Part(s) 57


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.3.2 Exhaust Fan (left-side) Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : exhaust fan (left-side) - front cover
- base rear cover
- side outer cover L
2 Remove cable.
3 Remove fan unit.
- binding head screw_M3x35 (x2)
- hexagon nut_M3 (x2)
4 Remove fan.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 5 Replace the fan.
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference
DG-45354 Cooling Fan Assy 8.3_ 0117 Frame - Details 01

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Needle-Nose Pliers -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “fan”.

3.3.2 Exhaust Fan (left-side) 58


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
4 Remove fan.
A : fan guide
1 Remove cover(s).
- front cover B: fan
=> 3.2.3 Front Cover
- base rear cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
- side outer cover_L
=> 3.2.10 Side Outer Cover L

2 Remove cable(s).
5 Replace the fan.
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

connecting destination:
mist fan cable Section top
=> 3.3 Frame

3 Remove fan unit.


A : binding head screw_M3x35 Ni-3 (x2)
B: hexagon nut_M3 (x2)
C: ren unit
D: filter

Do not lose the hex nut(s).

3.3.2 Exhaust Fan (left-side) 59


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.3.3 Exhaust Fan (right-side) Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : exhaust fan (right-side) - waste fluid bottle cover
- front cover
- base rear cover
- side outer cover R
2 Remove cable.
3 Remove fan.
- binding head screw_M3x35 (x2)
- hexagon nut_M3 (x2)

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)


4 Remove fan.
5 Replace the fan.
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

DG-45354 Cooling Fan Assy 8.3_ 0117 Frame - Details 01

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Needle-Nose Pliers -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “fan”.

3.3.3 Exhaust Fan (right-side) 60


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
4 Remove fan.
A : fan guide
1 Remove cover(s).
- front cover B: fan
=> 3.2.3 Front Cover
- base rear cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
- side outer cover_L
=> 3.2.10 Side Outer Cover L

2 Remove cable(s).
5 Replace the fan.
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

connecting destination:
mist fan cable Section top
=> 3.3 Frame

3 Remove fan unit.


A : binding head screw_M3x35 Ni-3 (x2)
B: hexagon nut_M3 (x2)
C: ren unit
D: filter

Do not lose the hex nut(s).

3.3.3 Exhaust Fan (right-side) 61


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.3.4 Exhaust Fan Filter (left-side) Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : exhaust fan Filter (left-side) - front cover
- base rear cover
- side outer cover L
2 Remove filter.
- binding head screw_M3x35 (x2)
- hexagon nut_M3 (x2)
3 Replace the filter.
4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-44782 Resin Filter Kit 8.3_ 0117 Frame - Details 01

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Needle-Nose Pliers -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “filter”.

3.3.4 Exhaust Fan Filter (left-side) 62


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- front cover
=> 3.2.3 Front Cover
- base rear cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
- side outer cover_L
=> 3.2.10 Side Outer Cover L

2 Remove filter.
A : binding head screw_M3x35 Ni-3 (x2)
B: hexagon nut_M3 (x2)
C: fan assy
D: filter

Do not lose the hex nut(s).

3 Replace the filter.

4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.3 Frame

3.3.4 Exhaust Fan Filter (left-side) 63


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.3.5 Exhaust Fan Filter (right-side) Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : exhaust fan Filter (right-side) - waste fluid bottle cover
- front cover
- base rear cover
- side outer cover R
2 Remove filter.
- binding head screw_M3x35 (x2)
- hexagon nut_M3 (x2)
3 Replace the filter.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)


4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-44782 Resin Filter Kit 8.3_ 0117 Frame - Details 01

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Needle-Nose Pliers -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “filter”.

3.3.5 Exhaust Fan Filter (right-side) 64


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- rear cover
=> 3.2.6 Rear Cover
- base rear cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
- side outer cover_R
=> 3.2.9 Side Outer Cover R

2 Remove filter.
A : binding head screw_M3x35 Ni-3 (x2)
B: hexagon nut_M3 (x2)
C: fan assy
D: filter

Do not lose the hex nut(s).

3 Replace the filter.

4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.3 Frame

3.3.5 Exhaust Fan Filter (right-side) 65


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.3.6 Front Cover Switch (left-side) Procedure

1 Remove cable.
A : front cover switch (left-side)
2 Remove switch unit.
- tapping screws tight cup M3x6 (x2)
3 Remove switch.
- tapping screws tight cup M3x6 (x1)
- round head screw with split washer (polished)_M2x12 Ni-3 (x2)
4 Replace the switch.
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
6 Check the operation of front cover sensor.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-42956 Cover Switch Assy 8.3_ 0118 Frame - Details 02

- Phillips screwdriver No.1 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “switch”.

3.3.6 Front Cover Switch (left-side) 66


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
3 Remove switch.
A : tapping screws tight cup_M3x6 (x1)
B: round head screw with split washer (polished)_M2x12
Ni-3 (x2)
front cover states are as per right figures. C: switch mount plate guide_L1
D: switch mount plate guide_L2
E: switch

1 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram
4 Replace the switch.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.


connecting destination:
cover LR cable
6 Adjust the switch position.
=> 4.7 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)

2 Remove switch unit.


A : tapping screws tight cup_M3x6 (x2)
Section top
B: switch unit => 3.3 Frame

3.3.6 Front Cover Switch (left-side) 67


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.3.7 Front Cover Switch (right-side) Procedure

1 Remove cable.
A : front cover switch (right-side)
2 Remove switch unit.
- tapping screws tight cup M3x6 (x2)
3 Remove switch.
- tapping screws tight cup M3x6 (x1)
- round head screw with split washer (polished)_M2x12 Ni-3 (x2)
4 Replace the switch.
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
6 Check the operation of front cover sensor.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-42956 Cover Switch Assy 8.3_ 0118 Frame - Details 02

- Phillips screwdriver No.1 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “switch”.

3.3.7 Front Cover Switch (right-side) 68


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
3 Remove switch.
A : tapping screws tight cup_M3x6 (x1)
B: round head screw with split washer (polished)_M2x12
Ni-3 (x2)
front cover states are as per right figures. C: switch mount plate guide_R1
D: switch mount plate guide_R2
E: switch

1 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram
4 Replace the switch.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.


connecting destination:
cover LR cable
6 Adjust the switch position.
=> 4.7 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)

2 Remove switch unit.


A : tapping screws tight cup_M3x6 (x2)
Section top
B: switch unit => 3.3 Frame

3.3.7 Front Cover Switch (right-side) 69


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.3.8 Laser Sensor

A : Leaser sensor (left-side)


B: Leaser sensor (right-side) This subsection describes how to replace the above
maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “laser sensor”.

A : Leaser sensor (emitter)


B: Leaser sensor (receiver)

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DH-40041 Laser Sensor 2 Assy 8.3_ 0117 Frame - Details 01

DH-40047 Laser Sensor Adjusting Jig -


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 - Precautions when handling the laser sensor
• Do not look directly into the laser light.
- Hex wrench (2.5mm) -
• Do not look directly into the laser light with optical instruments.
May cause eye damage.

3.3.8 Laser Sensor 70


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- maintenance cover 1 Remove cover(s).
- front cover - maintenance cover
- top cover => 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover
- rear cover - front cover
- base rear cover => 3.2.3 Front Cover
- rear cover
2 Remove cable.
=> 3.2.6 Rear Cover
3 Remove leaser sensor (emitter) - base rear cover
- Hexagon Socket Round Head Screw (polished)_M3x16 (x4) => 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
4 Remove leaser sensor (receiver) - top cover
- Hexagon Socket Round Head Screw (polished)_M3x16 (x4) => 3.2.8 Top Cover
5 Replace the leaser sensor(s).
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
2 Remove cable(s).
7 Adjust the position of leaser sensor(s). => 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram
=> 4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor)

connecting destination:
laser sensor (emitter): Main board -J43
laser sensor (receiver): Main board -J42

3 Remove laser sensor (emitter).


A : hex socket screw with split washer (polished)_M3x16
Ni-3 (x2)
B: laser sensor (emitter)

continue

3.3.8 Laser Sensor 71


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

4 Remove laser sensor (receiver).


A : hex socket screw with split washer (polished)_M3x16
Ni-3 (x2)
B: laser sensor (receiver)

5 Replace the laser sensor(s).

• Mount the laser sensor (emitter) on the right side.


Cable color of the laser sensor (emitter) is white.
• Mount the laser sensor (receiver) on the left side.
Cable color of the laser sensor (receiver) is black.

6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

7 Adjust the laser sensors position.


=> 4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor)

Section top
=> 3.3 Frame

3.3.8 Laser Sensor 72


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.3.9 Maintenance Cover Switch (left-side) Procedure

1 Remove cable.
A : maintenance cover switch (left-side)
2 Remove switch unit.
- tapping screws tight cup M3x6 (x2)
3 Remove switch.
- tapping screws tight cup M3x6 (x1)
- round head screw with split washer (polished)_M2x12 Ni-3 (x2)
4 Replace the switch.
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
6 Check the operation of maintenance cover sensor.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-42956 Cover Switch Assy 8.3_ 0117 Frame - Details 01

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Phillips screwdriver No.1 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “switch”.

3.3.9 Maintenance Cover Switch (left-side) 73


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
3 Remove switch.
A : round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x1)
B: round head screw with split washer (polished)_M2x12
Ni-3 (x2)
maintenance cover states are as per right figures. C: sensor mount plate unit
D: switch mount plate_B
E: switch

1 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram
4 Replace the switch.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.


connecting destination:
maintenance cover cable
6 Check the sensor operation.
=> 4.8 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover)

2 Remove switch unit.


A : round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x1)
Section top
B: switch unit => 3.3 Frame

3.3.9 Maintenance Cover Switch (left-side) 74


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.3.10 Maintenance Cover Switch (right-side) Procedure

1 Remove cable.
A : Maintenance Cover switch (right-side)
2 Remove switch unit.
- tapping screws tight cup M3x6 (x2)
3 Remove switch.
- tapping screws tight cup M3x6 (x1)
- round head screw with split washer (polished)_M2x12 Ni-3 (x2)
4 Replace the switch.
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
6 Check the operation of maintenance cover sensor.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-42956 Cover Switch Assy 8.3_ 0117 Frame - Details 01

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Phillips screwdriver No.1 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “switch”.

3.3.10 Maintenance Cover Switch (right-side) 75


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
3 Remove switch.
A : round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x1)
B: round head screw with split washer (polished)_M2x12
Ni-3 (x2)
maintenance cover states are as per right figures. C: sensor mount plate unit
D: switch mount plate_A
E: switch mount plate_B
F: switch

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover_R
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R 4 Replace the switch.
- pump cover
=> 3.12.2 Pump Cover-Remove / Assemble
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

2 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram 6 Check the sensor operation.
=> 4.8 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover)

connecting destination:
Section top
maintenance cover cable
=> 3.3 Frame

3.3.10 Maintenance Cover Switch (right-side) 76


3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.3.11 PF Belt Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : PF Belt - rear cover
2 Loosen the tension of PF belt.
- round head screw with split washer_M4x10 (x2)
3 Remove PF belt.
4 Replace the PF belt.
5 Adjust the tension of PF belt.
- round head screw with split washer_M4x10 (x2)
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-44775 PF Belt Assy 8.3_ 0115 Frame - PF

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “PF belt”.

3.3.11 PF Belt 77
3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- rear cover
=> 3.2.6 Rear Cover

2 Loosen tension of PF belt.


- Loosen screw which fixes the PF motor.
A : round head screw with split washer_M4x10 (x2)
B: PF motor
C: PF belt

Loosen the screws so that the tension of the PF belt


loosens.

3 Remove PF belt.

4 Replace the PF belt.


D

5 Adjust the PF motor position.


=> 4.10 Position adjustment (PF motor)

6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.3 Frame

3.3.11 PF Belt 78
3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.3.12 PF Encoder Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : PF Encoder - Rear cover
2 Remove cable.
3 Remove PF encoder unit.
- round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x2)
4 Remove PF encoder.
5 Replace the PF encoder.
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-46427 CR Encoder Assy 8.3_ 0115 Frame - PF

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Phillips screwdriver No.1 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “PF encoder”.

3.3.12 PF Encoder 79
3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s). Section top


- rear cover => 3.3 Frame
=> 3.2.6 Rear Cover

2 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

connecting destination:
PF encoder cable

3 Remove PF encoder unit.


A : round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x2)
B: PF encoder unit

4 Remove PF encoder.
A : cup screw_M2x6 (x2)
B: PF encoder

5 Replace the PF encoder.

6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3.3.12 PF Encoder 80
3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.3.13 PF Motor Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : PF Motor - rear cover
2 Remove cable.
3 Remove PF motor.
- round head screw with split washer_M4x10 (x2)
4 Replace the PF motor.
5 Adjust the tension of PF belt.
- round head screw with split washer_M4x10 (x2)
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 7 Reset the counter.

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DF-49020 PF Motor Assy 8.3_ 0115 Frame - PF

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “PF motor”.

3.3.13 PF Motor 81
3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s). Section top


- rear cover => 3.3 Frame
=> 3.2.6 Rear Cover

2 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

connecting destination:
PF motor cable

3 Remove PF motor.
A : round head screw with split washer (polished)_M4x10
(x2)
B: PF belt
C: PF motor

4 Replace the PF motor.

5 Adjust the PF motor position.


=> 4.10 Position adjustment (PF motor)

6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

7 Reset counter.
=> 5.12.1 Parameter 1: Initialization

3.3.13 PF Motor 82
3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.3.14 PF Pulley Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : PF Pulley - rear cover
2 Remove PF encoder.
3 Loosen the tension of PF belt.
- round head screw with split washer_M4x10 (x2)
4 Remove PF belt.
5 Remove pulley unit.
- set screw (cup point)_M4x3 (2)
6 Replace the pulley.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 7 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
8 Adjust the tension of PF belt.
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference - round head screw with split washer_M4x10 (x2)
DG-44772 PF Pulley Assy 8.3_ 0115 Frame - PF

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Hex wrench (2mm) -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “pulley”.

3.3.14 PF Pulley 83
3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
6 Remove PF pulley.
- Remove PF scale from PF pulley.
1 Remove cover(s).
A : PF scale
- rear cover
=> 3.2.6 Rear Cover B: seal
C: PF pulley
2 Remove PF encoder.
=> 3.3.12 PF Encoder

3 Loosen tension of PF belt.


- Loosen screw which fixes the PF motor.
A : round head screw with split washer_M4x10 (x2)
B: PF motor
C: PF belt

7 Replace the PF pulley.

Loosen the screws so that the tension of the PF belt D

loosens. 8 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

9 Adjust the PF motor position.


=> 4.10 Position adjustment (PF motor)
4 Remove PF belt.
=> 3.3.11 PF Belt

5 Remove PF pulley unit.


Section top
A : set screw (cup point)_M4x3 (x2) => 3.3 Frame
B: PF pulley unit

3.3.14 PF Pulley 84
3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.3.15 PF Scale Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : PF Scale - rear cover
2 Remove PF encoder.
- round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x2)
3 Loosen the tension of PF belt.
- round head screw with split washer_M4x10 (x2)
4 Remove PF belt.
5 Remove PF pulley unit.
- set screw (cup point)_M4x3 (2)
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 6 Remove PF scale.
7 Replace the PF scale.
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference 8 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
DG-44773 PF Scale Assy 8.3_ 0115 Frame - PF 9 Adjust the tension of PF belt.
- round head screw with split washer_M4x10 (x2
DG-45219 PF Seal Assy 8.3_ 0115 Frame - PF

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Hex wrench(2mm) -

This subsection describes how to replace


the above maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “PF scale”.

3.3.15 PF Scale 85
3.3 Frame XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
6 Remove PF scale.
- Remove PF scale from PF pulley.
1 Remove cover(s).
A : PF pulley
- rear cover
=> 3.2.6 Rear Cover B: seal
C: PF scale
2 Remove PF encoder.
=> 3.3.12 PF Encoder

3 Loosen tension of PF belt.


- Loosen screw which fixes the PF motor.
A : round head screw with split washer_M4x10 (x2)
B: PF motor
C: PF belt

7 Replace the PF scale.

Loosen the screws so that the tension of the PF belt D

loosens. 8 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

9 Adjust the PF motor position.


=> 4.10 Position adjustment (PF motor)
4 Remove PF belt.
=> 3.3.11 PF Belt

5 Remove PF pulley unit.


Section top
A : set screw (cup point)_M4x3 (x2) => 3.3 Frame
B: PF pulley unit

3.3.15 PF Scale 86
3.4 Table XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.4 Table This section describes how to replace the maintenance parts.
The following table lists the maintenance parts.

3.4.1 Maintenance Part(s) No. Name Reference

1 Z motor 3.4.3 Z motor

2 Shaft 3.4.4 Shaft

Chapter TOC
=> 3 Parts Replacement The following table lists the other procedure.
Index by Section
=> 3.1 Introduction
No. Name Reference
Exploded View
=>8.3_ 0200 Table - Overview 1 Rear plate 3.4.2 Rear plate - Remove / Assemble

3.4.1 Maintenance Part(s) 87


3.4 Table XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.4.2 Rear plate - Remove / Assemble Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : rear plate - rear cover
2 Move the table.
3 Remove screw(s).
- round top screw with split washer_M3x6 (x4)
4 Remove the rear plate.
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

3.4.2 Rear plate - Remove / Assemble 88


3.4 Table XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (details)

1 Remove cover(s). Section top


- rear cover => 3.4 Table
=> 3.2.6 Rear Cover

2 Move the table.


- Move table to rear side.

3 Remove screw(s).
A : round top screw with split washer_M3x6 (x4)
B : rear plate

4 Remove the rear plate.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3.4.2 Rear plate - Remove / Assemble 89


3.4 Table XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.4.3 Z motor Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : Z motor - rear cover
- rear plate
2 Remove cable(s).
3 Loosen screw(s).
- hex socket screw_M4x4 (x2)
4 Remove Z motor.
―round top screw with split washer_M3x6 (x4)
5 Replace Z motor.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
7 Check the operation of table.
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference
8 Initialize the coubter.
DG-48124 Z motor Assy 8.3_ 0203 Table - Z Motor

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- hex wrench (1.5mm) -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “ Z motor ”

3.4.3 Z motor 90
3.4 Table XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (details)
5 Replace Z motor.
- Separate Z motor and shaft.
1 Remove cover(s).
A : shaft
- rear cover
=> 3.2.6 Rear Cover B : Z motor
- rear plate
=> 3.4.2 Rear plate - Remove / Assemble

2 Remove cable(s). If it is difficult to separate Z motor from shaft, loosen screw


=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram further.

6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.


connecting destination:
LED CONT board- J12
7 Check the operation of table.
=> 4.2 Adjustment Item

3 Loosen screw(s).
8 Initialize the coubter.
A : hex socket screw_M4x4 (x2) => 5.12.1 Parameter 1: Initialization
B : coupling
C : Z motor

Section top
=> 3.4 Table

4 Remove Z motor.
A : round top screw with split washer_M3x6 (x4)
B : Z motor

3.4.3 Z motor 91
3.4 Table XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.4.4 Shaft Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : shaft - rear cover
- rear plate
2 Remove the handle.
- hex socket screw_M3x3 (x1)
3 Remove the shaft collar.
- hex socket screw_M3x3 (x1)
4 Remove Z motor.
―round top screw with split washer_M3x6 (x4)
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 5 Remove the shaft.
- round top screw with split washer_M3x6 (x2)
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference 6 Replace the shaft.
DH-40042 Screw Shaft Assy 8.3_ 0203 Table - Z Motor 7 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
8 Check the operation of table.
- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -
- hex wrench (1.5mm) -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “shaft”

3.4.4 Shaft 92
3.4 Table XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (details)
4 Remove Z motor.
=> 3.4.3 Z motor
1 Remove cover(s).
- rear cover
=> 3.2.6 Rear Cover 5 Remove the shaft.
- rear plate A : round top screw with split washer_M3x6 (x2)
=> 3.4.2 Rear plate - Remove / Assemble
B : screwdriver insertion hole
C : shaft
2 Remove the handle.
A : hex socket screw_M3x3 (x1)
B : handle
C : D-cut face
D : shaft

When assembling, fix the setscrew on the D-cut face.

3 Remove the shaft collar.


A : hex socket screw_M3x3 (x1)
B : shaft collar
C : D-cut face 6 Replace the shaft.
D : shaft

7 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

When assembling, fix the setscrew on the D-cut face. 8 Check the operation of table.
=> 4.2 Adjustment Item

3.4.4 Shaft 93
3.4 Table XPJ661UFE-M-01

Section top
=> 3.4 Table

3.4.4 Shaft 94
3.5 Cover XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.5 Cover This section describes how to replace the maintenance parts.
The following table lists the maintenance parts.

3.5.1 Maintenance Part(s) No. Name Reference


-

Chapter TOC
=> 3 Parts Replacement
Index by Section
=> 3.1 Introduction
Exploded View
=>8.3_ 0300 Cover - Overview

3.5.1 Maintenance Part(s) 95


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.6 Board Box This section describes how to replace the maintenance parts.
The following table lists the maintenance parts.

3.6.1 Maintenance Part(s) No. Name Reference


1 AC Inlet 3.6.5 AC Inlet

2 Cooling Fan 3.6.6 Cooling Fan

Chapter TOC 3 Junction Board (left-side) 3.6.7 Junction Board (left-side)


=> 3 Parts Replacement 4 Junction Board (right-side) 3.6.8 Junction Board (right-side)
Index by Section
5 Main Board 3.6.9 Main Board
=> 3.1 Introduction
Exploded View 6 Power Supply Board 3.6.10 Power Supply Board
=>8.3_ 0401 Board Box - Overview 01 7 Terminal Block 3.6.11 Terminal Block

8 Power Supply Board (UV-LED) 3.6.12 Power Supply Board (UV-LED)

9 LED_CONT board 3.6.13 LED_CONT Board

The following table lists the other procedure.

No. Name Reference


1 LAN Cover 3.6.2 LAN Cover-Remove / Assemble

2 Power Cover 3.6.3 Power Cover-Remove / Assemble

3 UV CONT Cover 3.6.4 UV CONT Cover-Remove / Assemble

3.6.1 Maintenance Part(s) 96


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.6.2 LAN Cover-Remove / Assemble Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : LAN cover - maintenance cover
- front cover
- base rear cover
- top cover
2 Remove panel FFC.
3 Remove screw(s).
- tapping screw_M3x6s tight bind (x2)
4 Remove LAN cover.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

3.6.2 LAN Cover-Remove / Assemble 97


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
3 Remove screw(s).
A : tapping screw_M3x6s tight bind (x2)
1 Remove cover(s).
- maintenance cover B: LAN cover
=> 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover
- front cover
=> 3.2.3 Front Cover
- base rear cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
- top cover
=> 3.2.8 Top Cover
4 Remove LAN cover.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.


Precautions when replacing the maintenance cover
After installing the cover, check the operation of cover
sensor.

Section top
=> 3.6 Board Box

Precautions when replacing the front cover


After installing the cover, check the operation of cover
sensor.

2 Remove panel FFC.


A : panel FFC
B: LAN cover

3.6.2 LAN Cover-Remove / Assemble 98


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.6.3 Power Cover-Remove / Assemble Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : Power Cover - base rear cover
2 Remove screw(s).
- round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x8)
3 Remove power cover.
4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

3.6.3 Power Cover-Remove / Assemble 99


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- rear cover
=> 3.2.6 Rear Cover
- base rear cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover

2 Remove screw(s).
A : round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x8)
B: power cover

3 Remove power cover.

4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.6 Board Box

3.6.3 Power Cover-Remove / Assemble 100


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.6.4 UV CONT Cover-Remove / Assemble Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : UV CONT Cover - rear cover
- base rear cover
2 Remove screw(s).
- round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x3)
3 Remove UV CONT cover.
4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

3.6.4 UV CONT Cover-Remove / Assemble 101


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- rear cover
=> 3.2.6 Rear Cover
- base rear cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover

2 Remove screw(s).
A : round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x3)
B: UV CONT Cover

3 Remove UV CONT cover.

4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.6 Board Box

3.6.4 UV CONT Cover-Remove / Assemble 102


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.6.5 AC Inlet Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : AC Inlet - maintenance cover
- front cover
- base rear cover
- top cover
2 Remove cable(s).
3 Remove AC inlet.
- flat head small screw_M3x6 (x2)
4 Replace the AC inlet.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-46952 AC Inlet Assy 8.3_ 0407 Board Box - Main / PS

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “AC inlet”.

3.6.5 AC Inlet 103


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
3 remove AC inlet.
A : flat head small screw_M3x6 Zn-CM2 (x2)
1 Remove cover(s).
- maintenance cover B: AC inlet
=> 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover
- front cover
=> 3.2.3 Front Cover
- base rear cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
- top cover
=> 3.2.8 Top Cover
4 Replace the AC inlet.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.


Precautions when replacing the maintenance cover
After installing the cover, check the operation of cover
sensor.
Section top
=> 3.6 Board Box

Precautions when replacing the front cover


After installing the cover, check the operation of cover
sensor.

2 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Remove all the cables.

3.6.5 AC Inlet 104


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.6.6 Cooling Fan Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : Cooling Fan - maintenance cover
- front cover
- base rear cover
- top cover
2 Remove cable.
3 Remove fan unit.
-s tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 (x2)
4 Remove fan.
- round head screw with split washer (polished)_M3x30 (x2)
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)
5 Replace the fan.
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

DG-45354 Cooling Fan Assy 8.3_ 0407 Board Box - Main / PS

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “fan”.

3.6.6 Cooling Fan 105


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
3 Remove fan unit.
A : s tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 (x2)
1 Remove cover(s).
- maintenance cover B: fan unit
=> 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover
- front cover
=> 3.2.3 Front Cover
- base rear cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
- top cover
=> 3.2.8 Top Cover
4 Remove fan.
A : round head screw with split washer (polished)_M3x30
(x2)
Precautions when replacing the maintenance cover B: fan bracket
After installing the cover, check the operation of cover C: fan
sensor.

Precautions when replacing the front cover


After installing the cover, check the operation of cover
sensor.

2 Remove cable(s). 5 Replace the fan.


=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

connecting destination:
Main board -J30 Section top
=> 3.6 Board Box

3.6.6 Cooling Fan 106


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.6.7 Junction Board (left-side)

A : Junction board (left-side)


Precautions when replacing the board
• When handling the board, do not touch the elements on the board with bare hands.
The element may be destroyed by static electricity.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)


Precautions when replacing FFC
• Before replacing board or plugging/unplugging FFC, unplug power cable and leave it for a
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference
while.
DG-43396 Junction 2 Board 8.3_ 0403 Board Box - Junction / If operating with power cable still plugged, board may be damaged or operators may get
Terminal an electric shock by standby electricity.
• Before plugging FFC, check FFC terminal (to see corner of terminal is not crooked and
- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -
reinforcement is not peeled off).
• When plugging/unplugging FFC, do it vertically to connector.
Never insert or remove it diagonally to or from the connector.
If plugged/unplugged obliquely, it may damage, shunt, or disconnect terminals inside
connector, and may damage elements on board.
This subsection describes how to replace • Plug in FFC all way.
the above maintenance parts. After plugging, check if FFC and connector terminal are aligned and that FFC is not
plugged obliquely.
Here referred to as “Junction board”.

3.6.7 Junction Board (left-side) 107


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover L 1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover L
2 Remove cable.
=> 3.2.5 Side Cover L
3 Remove Junction board.
-s tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 (x2)
4 Replace the Junction board. 2 Remove cable(s).
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts. => 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Remove all the cables.

3 remove junction board.


A : s tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 (x2)
B: junction board.

4 Replace the junction board.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.6 Board Box

3.6.7 Junction Board (left-side) 108


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.6.8 Junction Board (right-side)

A : Junction board (right-side)


Precautions when replacing the board
• When handling the board, do not touch the elements on the board with bare hands.
The element may be destroyed by static electricity.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)


Precautions when replacing FFC
• Before replacing board or plugging/unplugging FFC, unplug power cable and leave it for a
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference
while.
DG-43396 Junction 2 Board 8.3_ 0403 Board Box - Junction / If operating with power cable still plugged, board may be damaged or operators may get
Terminal an electric shock by standby electricity.
• Before plugging FFC, check FFC terminal (to see corner of terminal is not crooked and
- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -
reinforcement is not peeled off).
• When plugging/unplugging FFC, do it vertically to connector.
Never insert or remove it diagonally to or from the connector.
If plugged/unplugged obliquely, it may damage, shunt, or disconnect terminals inside
connector, and may damage elements on board.
This subsection describes how to replace the above • Plug in FFC all way.
maintenance parts. After plugging, check if FFC and connector terminal are aligned and that FFC is not
plugged obliquely.
Here referred to as “Junction board”.

3.6.8 Junction Board (right-side) 109


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R 1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R
2 Remove cable.
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R
3 Remove Junction board.
-s tight cup tapping screw_M3x6
4 Replace the Junction board. 2 Remove cable(s).
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts. => 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Remove all the cables.

3 remove junction board.


A : s tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 (x2)
B: junction board.

4 Replace the junction board.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.6 Board Box

3.6.8 Junction Board (right-side) 110


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.6.9 Main Board

A : Main board
Precautions when replacing the board
• When handling the board, do not touch the elements on the board with bare hands.
The element may be destroyed by static electricity.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)


Precautions when replacing FFC
• Before replacing board or plugging/unplugging FFC, unplug power cable and leave it for a
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference
while.
DH-40017 MAIN Board 8.3_ 0407 Board Box - Main / PS If operating with power cable still plugged, board may be damaged or operators may get
an electric shock by standby electricity.
- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -
• Before plugging FFC, check FFC terminal (to see corner of terminal is not crooked and
- MSA (MUTOH Service Assistance) Ver.5.0.2 or later reinforcement is not peeled off).
• When plugging/unplugging FFC, do it vertically to connector.
Never insert or remove it diagonally to or from the connector.
If plugged/unplugged obliquely, it may damage, shunt, or disconnect terminals inside
connector, and may damage elements on board.
• Plug in FFC all way.
This subsection describes how to replace the above After plugging, check if FFC and connector terminal are aligned and that FFC is not
maintenance parts.
plugged obliquely.
Here referred to as “main board”.

The symbol on the left means "Please see the manual".


Read information below.

If the printer uses a lithium battery, use the designated battery only.
The use of other battery type may cause explosion.
Dispose used battery in accordance with relevant laws and regulations.

3.6.9 Main Board 111


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Follow the instructions in the board replacement wizard (MSA).


2 Remove cover(s).
1 Follow the board replacement wizard. (MSA)
- maintenance cover
- front cover 2 Remove cover(s).
- base rear cover - maintenance cover
- top cover => 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover
- LAN cover - front cover
3 Remove cable. => 3.2.3 Front Cover
4 Remove main board. - base rear cover
- cup screw_M3x6 Zn-cm2 (x6) => 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
5 Replace the main board. - top cover
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts. => 3.2.8 Top Cover
- LANcover
7 Follow the instructions in the board replacement wizard (MSA).
=> 3.6.2 LAN Cover-Remove / Assemble
8 Specify the settings.

Precautions when replacing the maintenance cover


After installing the cover, check the operation of cover
sensor.

Precautions when replacing the front cover


After installing the cover, check the operation of cover
sensor.

3 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Remove all the cables.

continue

3.6.9 Main Board 112


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

4 Remove main board.


A : cup screw_ M3x6 (x6)
B: main board

5 Replace the main board.

6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

7 Follow the board replacement wizard. (MSA)

8 Perform necessary adjustment.


=> 4.2 Adjustment Item

Section top
=> 3.6 Board Box

3.6.9 Main Board 113


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.6.10 Power Supply Board

A : power supply board


Precautions when replacing the power board
• When replacing the power board, remove the power cable and leave it for 5 minutes or
more to completely discharge the residual electric charge of the electrolytic capacitor
before starting work.
There is a risk of electric shock if the board is handled before the electric capacitor
discharges.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-46873 Power Supply Board Assy 8.3_ 0407 Board Box - Main / PS

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “power supply board”.

3.6.10 Power Supply Board 114


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- maintenance cover 1 Remove cover(s).
- front cover - maintenance cover
- base rear cover => 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover
- top cover - front cover
=> 3.2.3 Front Cover
2 Remove cable.
- base rear cover
3 Remove power supply board. => 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
- cup screw_M3x6 Zn-cm2 (x9) - top cover
4 Replace the power supply board. => 3.2.8 Top Cover
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Precautions when replacing the maintenance cover


After installing the cover, check the operation of cover
sensor.

Precautions when replacing the front cover


After installing the cover, check the operation of cover
sensor.

2 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Remove all the cables.

continue

3.6.10 Power Supply Board 115


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

3 Remove power supply board.


A : cup screw_ M3x6 Zn-CM2 (x9)
B: power supply board

4 Replace the board.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.6 Board Box

3.6.10 Power Supply Board 116


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.6.11 Terminal Block Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : Terminal Block - side cover L
2 Remove cable.
3 Remove terminal block.
-s tight cup tapping screw_M3x6(x2)
4 Replace the terminal block.
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-44799 Terminal Block 8.3_ 0403 Board Box - Junction /
Terminal

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “terminal block”.

3.6.11 Terminal Block 117


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover L
=> 3.2.5 Side Cover L

2 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Remove all the cables.

3 remove terminal block.


A : s tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 (x2)
B: terminal block

4 Replace the terminal block.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.6 Board Box

3.6.11 Terminal Block 118


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.6.12 Power Supply Board (UV-LED)

A : power supply board (UV-LED)


Precautions when replacing the power board
• When replacing the power board, remove the power cable and leave it for 5 minutes or
more to completely discharge the residual electric charge of the electrolytic capacitor
before starting work.
There is a risk of electric shock if the board is handled before the electric capacitor
discharges.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DH-40016 Switching Power Supply Board 8.3_ 0405 Board Box - LED Cont

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “power supply board”.

3.6.12 Power Supply Board (UV-LED) 119


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- rear cover 1 Remove cover(s).
- base rear cover -rear cover
- power cover => 3.2.6 Rear Cover
- base rear cover
2 Remove cable.
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
3 Remove power supply board. - power cover
- cup screw_M3x6 (x4) => 3.6.3 Power Cover-Remove / Assemble
4 Replace the power supply board.
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
2 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Remove all the cables.

3 Remove power supply board.


A : cup screw_ M3x6 (x4)
B: power supply board

4 Replace the board.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.6 Board Box

3.6.12 Power Supply Board (UV-LED) 120


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.6.13 LED_CONT Board Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : LED_CONT board - rear cover
- base rear cover
- UV_CONT cover
2 Remove cable.
3 Remove LED_CONT board.
- cup screw_M3x6 (x4)
4 Replace the LED_CONT board.
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DH-40048 LED_CONT Board 8.3_ 0405 Board Box - LED Cont

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “LED_CONT board”.

3.6.13 LED_CONT Board 121


3.6 Board Box XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
-rear cover
=> 3.2.6 Rear Cover
- base rear cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
- UV_CONT cover
=> 3.6.4 UV CONT Cover-Remove / Assemble

2 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Remove all the cables.

3 Remove LED_CONT board.


A : cup screw_ M3x6 (x4)
B: LED_CONT board

4 Replace the LED_CONT board.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.6 Board Box

3.6.13 LED_CONT Board 122


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.7 CR This section describes how to replace the maintenance parts.


The following table lists the maintenance parts.

3.7.1 Maintenance Part(s) No. Name Reference


1 Cursor Roller Arm (Left-side) 3.7.7 Cursor roller arm (left-side)

2 Cursor Roller Arm (Right-side) 3.7.8 Cursor Roller Arm (Right-side)

Chapter TOC 3 CR Board 3.7.9 CR Board


=> 3 Parts Replacement 4 CR Encoder 3.7.10 CR encoder
Index by Section
5 Cursor Assy 3.7.11 Cursor Assy
=> 3.1 Introduction
Exploded View 6 LED Pointer 3.7.12 LED Pointer
=>8.3_ 0501 CR - Overview 7 Mini Latch 3.7.13 Mini Latch

8 Print Head 3.7.14 Print Head

9 UV-LED 3.7.15 UV-LED

10 Valve Head 3.7.16 Valve head

The following table lists the other procedure.

No. Name Reference


1 Release of Carriage Lock 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

2 Valve Head Cleaning 3.7.3 Valve Head Cleaning

3 Carriage Cover 3.7.4 Carriage Cover-Remove / Assemble

4 CR Board Cover 3.7.5 CR Board Cover-Remove / Assemble

5 CR Board Base 3.7.6 CR Board Base-Remove / Assemble

3.7.1 Maintenance Part(s) 123


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock Procedure

1 Push the carriage by hand.


A : Carriage Lock

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


- - -

3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock 124


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

• If the Carriage Lock is released with the software, the carriage moves to the
origin position after the power is off.
• This section describes how to release the Carriage Lock manually with the
power off.

1 Push the carriage by hand.


A : Carriage

• Push in the direction of the arrow, and release the lock.


• To lock the carriage again, push and release the carriage
in the direction of the arrow.

Section top
=> 3.7 CR

3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock 125


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.7.3 Valve Head Cleaning

A : Valve Head

The printer uses UV ink.


• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.
Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact.
• There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by fluorescent lamps.
Work in an environment where there is as little UV light as possible.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-41787 Valve Head Cleaning Kit (VJ Ink) - Precautions when using cleaning liquid
- Dedicated Cleaning Fluid • Do not let the cleaning solution get into your eyes.
• If the cleaning solution gets into your eyes, immediately wash your eyes with running water
for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention.

A : Valve Head Cleaning Kit 1


B: Valve Head Cleaning Kit 2
Precautions when replacing the valve head
• Fill the new valve head with cleaning solution.
If ink is charged without being filled with cleaning liquid, the valve head or print head may
be damaged.
• The valve head is shipped with an aqueous cleaning liquid in it for inspection and quality
maintenance.
For this reason, it is necessary to clean with a special cleaning liquid before replacement.
• Do not press the transparent film on the side of the valve head with your hand.
The cleaning liquid filled inside the valve head is pushed out to the tube.
• Do not scratch the transparent film on the side of the valve head.

3.7.3 Valve Head Cleaning 126


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Attach the valve head.


2 Attach the cleaning cartridge.
1 Attach the valve head.
- Attach the new valve head to the valve head cleaning
3 Clean the valve head. jig.
4 Spread the dedicated cleaner evenly. - Check if the filter (silver part) side is connected to the
5 Draw all cleaner into the syringe. valve head cleaning kit 1.
6 Remove valve head. A : Valve Head Cleaning Kit 1
B: Valve Head Cleaning Kit 2
C: Valve Head
D: Silver portion

Attach the valve head cleaning jig to the new valve head.
At this time, connect the valve head filter (silver portion)
side to the valve head cleaning jig 1 side.

2 Attach the cleaning cartridge.


- Attach the dedicated cleaning cartridge to the valve
head cleaning kit 1.
A : Cleaning Liquid Cartridge
B: Valve Head Cleaning Kit 1

Attach the dedicated cleaning liquid cartridge to the tip of


the valve head cleaning jig 1.

continue

3.7.3 Valve Head Cleaning 127


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3 Clean the valve head. 6 Remove valve head.


- Draw 3cc of cleaner into the syringe. - Remove valve head from the jig.

The amount does not include air. • When removing the tube, cover the tip with a poly-knit
Check if the amount of cleaning liquid is 3cc. wiper so that the cleaner does not spill out.
• Use a clean polyknit wiper
Since foreign substance on the polyknit wiper may
damage the print head.
4 Spread the dedicated cleaner evenly.

Turn the valve head upside down to spread the cleaner


evenly inside the valve head. Section top
=> 3.7 CR

5
Draw all cleaner into the syringe.
- Remove cleaning cartridge from the jig.
- Draw the syringe, and remove all cleaner inside the
valve head.

This step is just to prevent the leakage.


You do not need to drain all liquid
completely.

3.7.3 Valve Head Cleaning 128


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.7.4 Carriage Cover-Remove / Assemble Procedure

1 Move the carriage.


A : carriage cover
2 Remove screw(s).
- round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x2)
3 Remove carriage cover.
4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

3.7.4 Carriage Cover-Remove / Assemble 129


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

Section top
=> 3.7 CR
Prolonged exposure to sunlight or strong fluorescent light may cause the UV
ink curing on the nozzle surface.
Do not leave the print head without the carriagecover for a long period of time.
Just put the carriage cover over the print head during prolonged maintenance.

1 Move the carriage.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

2 Remove screw(s).
A : round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x2)
B: carriage cover

3 Remove carriage cover.

4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3.7.4 Carriage Cover-Remove / Assemble 130


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.7.5 CR Board Cover-Remove / Assemble Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : CR board cover - waste fluid bottle cover
- side cover R
2 Remove screw(s).
-s tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 (x6)
3 Remove CR board cover.
4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

3.7.5 CR Board Cover-Remove / Assemble 131


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- waste fluid bottle cover
=> 3.2.1 Waste Fluid Bottle Cover
- side cover R
=> 3.2.3 Front Cover

2 Remove screw(s).
A : s tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 (x6)
B: CR board cover

3 Remove CR board cover.

4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.7 CR

3.7.5 CR Board Cover-Remove / Assemble 132


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.7.6 CR Board Base-Remove / Assemble Procedure

1 Discharge ink.
A : CR board base
2 Remove cover(s).
- maintenance cover
- front cover
- side cover R
- side cover L
- base rear cover
- top cover
- carriage cover
- CR board cover
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 3 Move the carriage.
s
4 Remove CR board.
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference 5 Remove cable.
- Phillips screwdriver No.2 - 6 Remove head FFC.
- Air Cap -
7 Remove valve head connector.
8 Remove screw(s).
- Aluminum zipper bag - - round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x3)
(UV opaque)
9 Remove CR board base.
10 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
11 Charge ink.

3.7.6 CR Board Base-Remove / Assemble 133


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
4 Remove CR board.
=> 3.7.9 CR Board
1 Discharge ink.
=> 5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge
5 remove cable(s).
A : round head screw with split washer_M3x8 (x2)
2 Remove cover(s).
- maintenance cover B: cable cover
=> 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover C: UV-LED cable
- front cover
=> 3.2.3 Front Cover D: FG cable
- side cover R E: CR encoder
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R
- side cover L
=> 3.2.5 Side Cover L
- base rear cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
- top cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
- carriage cover
=> 3.7.4 Carriage Cover-Remove / Assemble
- CR board cover
=> 3.7.5 CR Board Cover-Remove / Assemble

Precautions for removing/attaching the front cover


After installing the front cover, check the operation of the
front cover sensor.

Precautions for removing/attaching the maintenance cover


After installing the maintenance cover, check the operation
of the maintenance cover sensor.

6 Remove head-FFC.
=> 3.16.3 Head-FFC
3 Move the carriage.
=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock continue

3.7.6 CR Board Base-Remove / Assemble 134


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

7 Remove head connector. 10 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
- Turn head connector by 45 degree clockwise.
A : valve head connector 11 Charge ink.
B: aluminum pack => 5.8 Check 2: Ink Charge

Mark all the valve head connector.


Section top
=> 3.7 CR

Store removed valve head connector(s) in the UV shield


aluminum or equivalent pack.

8 Remove screw(s).
A : round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x3)

9 Remove CR board base.


- Remove CR board base from the cursor.

• Remove CR board base together with steel bare and


other units.
• Store on the air cap.
Do not apply pressure on steel bare and /or other parts.

3.7.6 CR Board Base-Remove / Assemble 135


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.7.7 Cursor roller arm (left-side) Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : Cursor roller arm (left-side) - carriage cover
- CR board cover
2 Move the carriage.
3 Remove UV-LED.
4 Remove lamp plate.
5 Remove roller arm.
6 Replace the roller arm.
7 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DF-49065 Roller Arm Assy 8.3_ 0100 Carriage

DH-40022 UV LED Adjustment Jig For UV-LED


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -
- Slotted screwdriver -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “roller arm”.

3.7.7 Cursor roller arm (left-side) 136


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s). Section top


- carriage cover => 3.7 CR
=> 3.7.4 Carriage Cover-Remove / Assemble

2 Move the carriage.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

3 Remove UV-LED mount plate.


A : hex socket screw with split washer _M3x6 (x4)
B: mount plate

4 Remove roller arm.


A : roller arm

• Spring is strong.
• Avoid damaging roller arm and/or Y rail.

5 Replace the roller arm.

6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3.7.7 Cursor roller arm (left-side) 137


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.7.8 Cursor Roller Arm (Right-side) Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : Cursor Roller Arm (Right-side) - carriage cover
2 Move the carriage.
3 Remove roller arm.
4 Replace the roller arm.
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DF-49065 Roller Arm Assy 8.3_ 0100 Carriage

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Slotted screwdriver -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “roller arm”.

3.7.8 Cursor Roller Arm (Right-side) 138


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- carriage cover
=> 3.7.4 Carriage Cover-Remove / Assemble

2 Move the carriage.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

3 Remove roller arm.


A : roller arm

• Spring is strong.
• Avoid damaging roller arm and/or Y rail.

4 Replace the roller arm.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.7 CR

3.7.8 Cursor Roller Arm (Right-side) 139


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.7.9 CR Board

A : CR board
Precautions for FFC installation / removal
• When replacing the board or connecting/disconnecting the FFC, disconnect the power
cable and leave it for a while before starting work.
Working while power cable plugged in, there is a risk of damage to the board due to residual
charge and electric shock to the operator.
• Before inserting the FFC, check the condition of the FFC terminal (the terminal angle is not
bent, the reinforcing plate is not removed).
• Insert and remove the FFC vertically with respect to the connector.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) Do not insert or remove the FCC diagonally to or from the connector.
• If you insert or remove the FCC at an angle, the terminals in the connector may be
damaged, short-circuited or broken, and the elements on the board may be damaged.
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference
• Insert the FFC all the way into the connector.
DG-42959 CR Board Assy 8.3_ 0506 CR - Board After inserting, check that the FFC and connector terminals are not laterally displaced and
that they are not inserted obliquely.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “CR board”.

3.7.9 CR Board 140


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R 1 Remove cover(s).
- CR board cover - side cover R
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R
2 Remove cable.
- CR board cover
3 Remove CR board. => 3.7.5 CR Board Cover-Remove / Assemble
- Cup Screw_M3x6 (x4)
4 Replace the CR board.
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts. 2 remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

remove all the cables.

3 REMOVE CR board.
A : cup screw_M3x6 (x4)
B: CR board

4 Remove CR board.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.7 CR

3.7.9 CR Board 141


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.7.10 CR encoder Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : CR encoder - side cover R
- carriage cover
- CR board cover
2 Move the carriage.
3 Remove CR board.
4 Remove cable.
5 Remove CR encoder unit.
- round head screw with split washer_M3x8 (x1)
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 6 Remove CR encoder.
- round head screw with split washer (Small)_M2x6 (x2)
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference 7 Replace the CR encoder.
8 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
DG-42947 CR Encoder Assy 8.3_ 0503 CR - Cursor

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Phillips screwdriver No.1 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “CR encoder”.

3.7.10 CR encoder 142


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
6 Remove CR encoder.
A : round head screw with split washer_(small) M2x6 (x2)
1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R B: CR encoder
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R
- carriage cover
=> 3.7.4 Carriage Cover-Remove / Assemble
- CR board cover
=> 3.7.5 CR Board Cover-Remove / Assemble

2 Move the carriage.


7 Replace CR encoder.
=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

3 Remove CR board.
=> 3.7.9 CR Board T-fence must be located in the middle of the sensor slit.

4 remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram 8 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Access point:
CR board-J17 Section top
=> 3.7 CR

5 Remove CR encoder unit.


A : round head screw with split washer_M3x8 (x1)
B: CR encoder unit

3.7.10 CR encoder 143


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.7.11 Cursor Assy

A : Cursor Assy

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “cursor Assy”.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-44771 Carriage Assy 8.3_ 0100 Carriage
8.3_ 0200 Head Cap

DH-40022 UV LED Adjustment Jig For UV


DG-43193 PG Adjusting Jig (1.1/1.3) - The printer uses UV ink.
• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.
- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -
Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact.
- Phillips screwdriver No.1 - • There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by fluorescent lamps.
Work in an environment where there is as little UV light as possible.
- Hex wrench (2.5mm) -
- Air Cap -
- Aluminum zipper bag -
(UV opaque)

- Stainless Steel Plate -


- Poly-knit -
- Dedicated Cleaning Fluid -

3.7.11 Cursor Assy 144


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Discharge ink.
2 Remove cover(s).
1 Discharge ink.
=> 5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge
- maintenance cover
- front cover
- side cover R 2 Remove cover(s).
- side cover L - maintenance cover
- base rear cover => 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover
- top cover - front cover
- carriage cover => 3.2.3 Front Cover
- CR board cover - side cover R
3 Move the carriage. => 3.2.4 Side Cover R
4 Remove CR board. - side cover L
5 Remove UV-LED. => 3.2.5 Side Cover L
6 Remove lamp plate. - base rear cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
- hex socket screw with split washer_M3x6 (x4)
- top cover
7 Remove LED pointer. => 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
8 Remove CR board base. - carriage cover
9 Remove print head. => 3.7.4 Carriage Cover-Remove / Assemble
10 Remove CR belt. - CR board cover
11 Remove cursor Assy. => 3.7.5 CR Board Cover-Remove / Assemble
12 Replace the cursor Assy.
13 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
14 Charge ink.
15 Perform the adjustment of each parts. Precautions for removing/attaching the front cover
After installing the front cover, check the operation of the
front cover sensor.

Precautions for removing/attaching the maintenance cover


After installing the maintenance cover, check the operation
of the maintenance cover sensor.

continue

3.7.11 Cursor Assy 145


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3 Move the carriage. 9 Remove print head.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock
=> 3.7.14 Print Head
- Spread the polyknit wiper on the stainless tray.
4 Remove CR board.
=> 3.7.9 CR Board - Pour cleaning fluid on it to soak. (Apply dedicated
cleaning fluid for the ink)
5 Remove UV-LED. - Rest the print head of which the nozzle face down.
=> 3.7.15 UV-LED
A: stainless tray
B: polyknit wiper
6 Remove UV-LED mount plate.
C: print head
A : hex socket screw with split washer _M3x6 (x4)
B: mount plate

• Exposed in sunlight and/or strong fluorescent light may


harden UV ink or mixture in the print head.
• Do not leave print head for a long time (1 or more days)
with the cover removed.
7 Remove LED pointer. • If the operation is expected to take a long time, cover with
=> 3.7.12 LED Pointer carriage cover.
(Cleaning fluid alone does not harden.)
8 Remove CR board base.
=> 3.7.6 CR Board Base-Remove / Assemble

10 Remove CR belt.
=> 3.8.2 CR belt

continue

3.7.11 Cursor Assy 146


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

11 Remove cursor Assy.


- Pinch roller arm and carriage arm to squeeze the
spring. (Do it on both right and left side
simultaneously.)
- Remove both roller arms from Y rail.
- remove cursor from Y rail.

• Do not damage T fence.


• Cursor arm spring is strong.
Do not collide roller with Y rail.

12 Replace cursor Assy.

13 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

14 Charge ink.
=> 5.8 Check 2: Ink Charge

15 Perform necessary adjustment.


=> 4.2 Adjustment Item

Section top
=> 3.7 CR

3.7.11 Cursor Assy 147


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.7.12 LED Pointer Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : LED Pointer - side cover R
- carriage cover
- CR board cover
2 Move the carriage.
3 Remove cable.
4 Remove LED pointer.
- round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x1)
5 Replace the LED pointer.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
7 Perform the adjustment of LED pointer.
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference
DG-44903 LED Pointer Assy 8.3_ 0504 CR - Headbase

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “LED pointer”.

3.7.12 LED Pointer 148


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s). Section top


- side cover R => 3.7 CR
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R
- carriage cover
=> 3.7.4 Carriage Cover-Remove / Assemble
- CR board cover
=> 3.7.5 CR Board Cover-Remove / Assemble

2 Move the carriage.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

3 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Access point:
CR board-J13

4 Remove LED pointer.


A : round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x1)
B: LED pointer

5 Replace LED pointer.

6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

7 Adjust LED pointer.


=> 5.9.5 Adjustment 5: LED Pointer

3.7.12 LED Pointer 149


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.7.13 Mini Latch Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : Mini Latch - side cover R
2 Move the carriage.
3 Remove screw(s).
- flat head small screw_M2.5x4 (x2)
4 Remove mini latch.
5 Replace the mini latch.
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-44689 Mini Latch S Assy 8.3_ 0503 CR - Cursor

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Phillips screwdriver No.1 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “mini latch”.

3.7.13 Mini Latch 150


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R

2 Move the carriage.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

3 Remove screw(s).
A : flat head small screw_M2.5x4 Ni-3 (x2)
B: mini latch

4 Remove mini latch.


- Apply pressure on mini latch (insert) nail.
- Remove mini latch (insert).

A: mini latch (insert)


B: nail
C: removal direction

5 Replace the mini latch.

6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.7 CR

3.7.13 Mini Latch 151


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.7.14 Print Head

A : Print Heady

This subsection describes how to replace


the above maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “print head”

A : Print Head
B: Aluminum zipper bag (UV opaque)
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) C: Clamp

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-49990 Print Head Assy_I9472(Set) 8.3_ 0505 CR - Prin Head

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Phillips screwdriver No.1 -
- Slotted screwdriver -
- Needle-Nose Pliers -
- Air Cap -
- Waste clothes -

3.7.14 Print Head 152


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

The printer uses UV ink. Precautions for FFC installation / removal


• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin. • When replacing the board or connecting/disconnecting the FFC, disconnect the power
Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact. cable and leave it for a while before starting work.
• There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by fluorescent lamps. Working while power cable plugged in, there is a risk of damage to the board due to residual
Work in an environment where there is as little UV light as possible. charge and electric shock to the operator.
• Before inserting the FFC, check the condition of the FFC terminal (the terminal angle is not
bent, the reinforcing plate is not removed).
• Insert and remove the FFC vertically with respect to the connector.
Do not insert or remove the FCC diagonally to or from the connector.
• If you insert or remove the FCC at an angle, the terminals in the connector may be
damaged, short-circuited or broken, and the elements on the board may be damaged.
Precautions when replacing the print head (UV ink) • Insert the FFC all the way into the connector.
• Exposed in sunlight and/or strong fluorescent light may harden print head. After inserting, check that the FFC and connector terminals are not laterally displaced and
Do not leave print head for a long time (1 or more days) with the cover removed. that they are not inserted obliquely.
If the operation is expected to take a long time, cover with carriage cover.
(This prevents hardening effectively.)
• Do not touch print nozzle surface. Keep print head from dust.
• Print head is adjusted. Do not disassemble print head.
• Do not touch head circuit board and/or cable/FFC.
• Do not touch cable/FFC when remove/reassemble the head cover.
Precautions when replacing the valve head
• Fill the new valve head with cleaning solution.
If ink is charged without being filled with cleaning liquid, the valve head or print head may
be damaged.
• The valve head is shipped with an aqueous cleaning liquid in it for inspection and quality
maintenance.
For this reason, it is necessary to clean with a special cleaning liquid before replacement.
• Do not press the transparent film on the side of the valve head with your hand.
The cleaning liquid filled inside the valve head is pushed out to the tube.
• Do not scratch the transparent film on the side of the valve head.

3.7.14 Print Head 153


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Discharge ink.
2 Remove cover(s).
1 Discharge ink.
=> 5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge
- maintenance cover
- front cover
- side cover R 2 Remove cover(s).
- base rear cover - maintenance cover
- top cover => 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover
- carriage cover - front cover
- CR board cover => 3.2.3 Front Cover
3 Move the carriage. - side cover R
4 Remove valve head connector. => 3.2.4 Side Cover R
5 Remove LED pointer. - side cover L
Loosen pressure spring => 3.2.5 Side Cover L
- round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x1) - base rear cover
6 Remove print head unit. => 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
- top cover
- round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x4)
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
7 Remove head-FFC. - carriage cover
8 Remove print head. => 3.7.4 Carriage Cover-Remove / Assemble
- round head screw with split washer_M2.5x8 (x4) - CR board cover
9 Replace the print head. => 3.7.5 CR Board Cover-Remove / Assemble
10 Replace head rank seal.
11 Remove valve head.
12 Dip new valve head in cleaning fluid for curing.
13 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts. Precautions for removing/attaching the front cover
14 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts. After installing the front cover, check the operation of the
15 Charge ink. front cover sensor.
16 Perform necessary adjustment.

Precautions for removing/attaching the maintenance cover


After installing the maintenance cover, check the operation
of the maintenance cover sensor.

continue

3.7.14 Print Head 154


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3 Move the carriage. 7 Remove print head unit.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock
- Raise notch to the top.
- Remove screw(s) to release the head base. (x4)
4 Remove head connector.
- Turn head connector by 45 degree clockwise. - Remove head and the head base altogether.

A : valve head connector A: adjustment notch


B: aluminum pack B: round head screw with split washer_ M3x6 (x4)
C: print head unit

Mark all the valve head connector.

Store removed valve head connector(s) in the UV shield


8 Remove head-FFC.
=> 3.16.3 Head-FFC
aluminum or equivalent pack.
A : head-FFC (x4)
B: print head unit

5 Remove LED pointer.


=> 3.7.12 LED Pointer

6 Loosen head pressure spring. 9 Remove print head.

A: round head screw with split washer_ M3x6 (x1) A : round head screw with split washer_M2.5x8 (x4)

B: head pressure spring B: print head

C: print head

10 Replace the print head.


continue

3.7.14 Print Head 155


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

11 Change the head rank seal. 12 Remove valve head.


- Remove head cover. (Pull it up vertically.)
A: valve head
- Adhere new seal on the head cover. B: hose nose pliers
A: head cover
B: nail
C: print head
Pull out the valve head with hose nose pliers.
D: head rank seal
Do not scratch or damage the transparent film of valve
head.

• If it is difficult to remove the head cover, release


protrusion of the head from the cover first, then pull up the
cover.
13 Fill new valve head with cleaning fluid to cure.
• Remove new seal from the head and adhere on the head => 3.7.3 Valve Head Cleaning
cover.

14 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

15 Charge ink.
=> 5.8 Check 2: Ink Charge

16 Perform necessary adjustment.


=> 4.2 Adjustment Item

Section top
=> 3.7 CR

3.7.14 Print Head 156


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.7.15 UV-LED Procedure

1 Move the carriage.


A : UV-LED
2 Remove cable.
- round head screw with split washer_M3x8 (x2)
3 Remove UV-LED.
- round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x4)
4 Replace the UV-LED.
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DH-40000 UV-LED Lamp Assy 8.3_ 0507 CR - UV LED

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “UV-LED”.

The UV lamp emit UV light or other harmful light.


Turn OFF the power before replacing the UV-LED.

3.7.15 UV-LED 157


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Move the carriage. Section top


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock => 3.7 CR

2 remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

A : round head screw with split washer_M3x8 (x2)


B: cable cover
C: UV-LED cable
D: UV-LED

3 Remove UV-LED.

A : round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x3)


B: UV-LED

4 Replace UV-LED.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3.7.15 UV-LED 158


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.7.16 Valve head

A : Valve head
This subsection describes how to replace
the above maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “valve head”

A : Valve Head
B: Valve Head Connector
C: Joint Screw
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) D: O Ring

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-41543 Valve Head Assy 8.3_ 0505 CR - Prin Head

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Phillips screwdriver No.1 -
- Needle-Nose Pliers -

3.7.16 Valve head 159


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure

1 Discharge ink.
2 Remove cover(s).
The printer uses UV ink. - maintenance cover
• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin. - front cover
Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact. - side cover R
- base rear cover
• There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by fluorescent lamps.
- top cover
Work in an environment where there is as little UV light as possible.
- carriage cover
- CR board cover
3 Move the carriage.
4 Remove valve head connector.
5 Replace the valve head connector.
6 Remove print head.
Precautions when replacing the print head (UV ink) 7 Remove valve head.
• Exposed in sunlight and/or strong fluorescent light may harden print head. 8 Replace the valve head.
Do not leave print head for a long time (1 or more days) with the cover removed.
If the operation is expected to take a long time, cover with carriage cover.
9 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
(This prevents hardening effectively.) 10 Charge ink.
• Do not touch print nozzle surface. Keep print head from dust. 11 Perform necessary adjustment.
• Print head is adjusted. Do not disassemble print head.
• Do not touch head circuit board and/or cable/FFC.
• Do not touch cable/FFC when remove/reassemble the head cover.

Precautions when replacing the valve head


• Fill the new valve head with cleaning solution.
If ink is charged without being filled with cleaning liquid, the valve head or print head may
be damaged.
• The valve head is shipped with an aqueous cleaning liquid in it for inspection and quality
maintenance.
For this reason, it is necessary to clean with a special cleaning liquid before replacement.
• Do not press the transparent film on the side of the valve head with your hand.
The cleaning liquid filled inside the valve head is pushed out to the tube.
• Do not scratch the transparent film on the side of the valve head.

3.7.16 Valve head 160


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
4 Remove head connector.
- Turn head connector by 45 degree clockwise.
1 Discharge ink.
A : valve head connector
=> 5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge
B: aluminum pack

2 Remove cover(s).
- maintenance cover
=> 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover
- front cover
=> 3.2.3 Front Cover
- side cover R 5 Replace the connector valve head.
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R
- side cover L - Remove fitting screw, O-ring, and connector valve
=> 3.2.5 Side Cover L head from the fitting.
- base rear cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover - Attach new O-ring near the tip of fitting.
- top cover - Push in O-ring with new connector valve head.
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
- carriage cover - Connect the fitting screw and the connector valve
=> 3.7.4 Carriage Cover-Remove / Assemble head.
- CR board cover
=> 3.7.5 CR Board Cover-Remove / Assemble A: fitting
B: fitting screw
C: O-ring
D: connector valve head
Precautions for removing/attaching the front cover
After installing the front cover, check the operation of the
front cover sensor.

• Do not recycle the O-ring. Use new ones.


• Dip O-ring in the dedicated cleaning fluid before
assembly.

Precautions for removing/attaching the maintenance cover


After installing the maintenance cover, check the operation
of the maintenance cover sensor.

Mark all the valve head connector.

3 Move the carriage.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock continue

3.7.16 Valve head 161


3.7 CR XPJ661UFE-M-01

6 Remove print head.


=> 3.7.14 Print Head
Section top
=> 3.7 CR
7 Remove the valve head.

A: valve head
B: hose nose pliers

• Pull out the valve head with hose nose pliers.


• Do not scratch or damage the transparent film of valve
head.

8 Replace the valve head.

Fill the new valve head with cleaning solution.


=> 3.7.3 Valve Head Cleaning

9 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

10 Charge ink.
=> 5.8 Check 2: Ink Charge

11 Perform necessary adjustment.


=> 4.2 Adjustment Item

3.7.16 Valve head 162


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.8 Y-Rail This section describes how to replace the maintenance parts.
The following table lists the maintenance parts.

3.8.1 Maintenance Part(s) No. Name Reference


1 CR Belt 3.8.2 CR belt

2 CR Motor 3.8.3 CR motor

Chapter TOC 3 CR Origin Sensor 3.8.4 CR origin sensor


=> 3 Parts Replacement 4 CR Speed Reduction Pulley 3.8.5 CR Return Pulley
Index by Section
5 T-Fence 3.8.6 T-fence
=> 3.1 Introduction
Exploded View 6 T-Fence Guide 3.8.7 T-fence guide
=>8.3_ 0601 Y Rail - Overview 01 7 T-Fence Spring 3.8.8 T-fence spring

3.8.1 Maintenance Part(s) 163


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.8.2 CR belt Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : CR belt - side cover R
- side cover L
- front cover
- base rear cover
- top cover
2 Move the carriage.
3 Remove CR board base.
4 Loosen the tension of CR belt.
- Round Head Small Screw_M4x30 (x1)
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)
5 Remove CR belt.
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference
6 Replace the CR belt.
7 Adjust the tension of CR belt.
DF-49044 CR Belt A1 Assy 8.3_ 0606 Y Rail - R / L - Round Head Small Screw_M4x30 (x1)
- Phillips screwdriver No.2 - 8 Check the carriage operation.
9 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
- Thread Locker -
- Air Cap -
- Aluminum zipper bag (UV -
opaque)

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “CR belt”.

3.8.2 CR belt 164


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
4 Loosen the tension of CR belt.
v

1 Remove cover(s). A: round head small screw_M4x30 (x1)


- maintenance cover
B: CR belt.
=> 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover
- front cover
=> 3.2.3 Front Cover
- side cover R
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R Precautions when loosening the CR belt tension
- side cover L
• CR belt tension adjustment screw is fixed with thread
=> 3.2.5 Side Cover L
locker.
- base rear cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
- top cover
=> 3.2.8 Top Cover
5 Remove the CR belt.

A: CR belt.
B: CR return pulley

Precautions for removing/attaching the front cover


After installing the front cover, check the operation of the
front cover sensor.

6 Replace the CR belt.

7 Adjust the tension of CR belt.


Precautions for removing/attaching the maintenance cover
=> 4.9 Tension Adjustment (CR Belt)
After installing the maintenance cover, check the operation
of the maintenance cover sensor.
8 Check the carriage operation.

2 Move the carriage.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock
Move the carriage by hand to check sliding.

3 Remove the CR board base.


=> 3.7.6 CR Board Base-Remove / Assemble
9 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3.8.2 CR belt 165


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

Section top
=> 3.5 Cover

3.8.2 CR belt 166


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.8.3 CR motor Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : CR motor - side cover R
- side cover L
2 Move the carriage.
3 Remove cable.
4 Loosen the tension of CR belt.
- Round Head Small Screw_M4x30 (x1)
5 Remove CR motor.
- Cup Screw_M4x8 (x4)
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 6 Replace the CR motor.
7 Adjust the tension of CR belt.
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference 8 Check the carriage movement.
DG-44693 CR Motor Assy 8.3_ 0606 Y Rail - R / L
9 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
10 Initialize history.
- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -
- Thread Locker -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “CR motor”.

3.8.3 CR motor 167


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
5 Remove the CR motor.

1 Remove cover(s). A: cup screw_M4x8 (x4)


- side cover R B: CR belt
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R C: CR motor

- side cover L
=> 3.2.5 Side Cover L

2 Move the carriage.


6 Replace the CR motor.

=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock


7 Adjust the tension of CR belt.
=> 4.9 Tension Adjustment (CR Belt)
3 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram
8 Check the carriage operation.

Access point:
CR motor cable Move the carriage by hand to check sliding.

4 Loosen the tension of CR belt. 9 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

A: round head small screw_M4x30 (x1)


10 Initialize the counter.
B: CR belt
=> 5.12.1 Parameter 1: Initialization

Precautions when loosening the CR belt tension


• CR belt tension adjustment screw is fixed with thread Section top
locker.
=> 3.5 Cover

3.8.3 CR motor 168


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.8.4 CR origin sensor Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : CR origin sensor - side cover R
2 Move the carriage.
3 Remove cable.
4 Remove sensor.
5 Replace the sensor.
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DF-49471 CR HP Sensor. Lever Sensor 8.3_ 0606 Y Rail - R / L

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Thread Locker For sensor

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “PF sensor”.

3.8.4 CR origin sensor 169


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R Section top
=> 3.3 Frame

2 Move the carriage.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

3 remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Access point:
CR origin sensor cable

4 Remove the sensor.

A : thread locker
B: sensor

Sensor is fixed with thread locker.

5 Replace the sensor.

Fix sensor with thread locker.

3.8.4 CR origin sensor 170


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.8.5 CR Return Pulley Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : CR Return Pulley - side cover R
2 Move the carriage.
3 Loosen the tension of CR belt.
- Round Head Small Screw_M4x30 (x1)
4 Remove pulley unit.
5 Remove pulley.
6 Replace the pulley.
7 Adjust the tension of CR belt.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 8 Check the carriage movement.
9 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference
DF-49047 CR Return Pulley Assy 8.3_ 0606 Y Rail - R / L

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Thread Locker -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “pulley”.

3.8.5 CR Return Pulley 171


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
5 Remove the pulley.

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R
• Remove bearing holder.
• Remove pulley shaft.
2 Move the carriage.
A: bearing holder
=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock B: pulley shaft
C: pulley
3 Loosen the tension of CR belt.

A: round head small screw_M4x30 (x1)


B: CR belt

6 Replace the pulley.


Precautions when loosening the CR belt tension
• CR belt tension adjustment screw is fixed with thread
locker.

• Reassemble the pulley shaft.


• Reassemble the bearing holder.
• Material notation (<POM>) must come to the top.
4 Remove the pulley unit. • The narrower axis of the shaft must be located in
the lower side.
A : pulley unit
B: CR belt

7 Adjust the tension of CR belt.


=> 4.9 Tension Adjustment (CR Belt)

continue

3.8.5 CR Return Pulley 172


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

8 Check the carriage operation.

Move the carriage by hand to check sliding.

9 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.5 Cover

3.8.5 CR Return Pulley 173


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.8.6 T-fence Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : T-fence - side cover R
- side cover L
2 Move the carriage.
3 Remove T-fence spring.
4 Remove T-fence.
5 Replace the T-fence.
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DF-49024 T Fence A1 Assy 8.3_ 0604 Y Rail - T Fence

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Needle-Nose Pliers -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “T-fence”.

3.8.6 T-fence 174


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
5 Replace T-fence.

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R
• Fold T fence at 9mm from the tip.
- side cover L • Do not fold the other end.
=> 3.2.5 Side Cover L • Remove seal attached on T Fence.
• Attach T-fence in the hook on the right side.

2 Move the carriage.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3 Remove T-fence spring.


=> 3.8.8 T-fence spring

4 Remove T-fence. Section top


=> 3.5 Cover
A: T-fence
B: fence guide

• Do not pull fence guide with a force, since it is easy to


break.
• Do not damage/scratch T-fence.

3.8.6 T-fence 175


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.8.7 T-fence guide Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : T-fence guide - side cover R
- side cover L
2 Move the carriage.
3 Remove T-fence spring.
4 Remove T-fence.
5 Remove T-fence guide.
6 Replace the T-fence guide.
7 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DF-49027 Fence Guide Assy 8.3_ 0604 Y Rail - T Fence

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Needle-Nose Pliers -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “T-fence guide”.

3.8.7 T-fence guide 176


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
6 Replace T-fence guide.

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R
• Attach T-fence guide with dual-sided adhesive tape.
- side cover L Adhere the tape on T-fence guide.
Remove the seal.
=> 3.2.5 Side Cover L
Adhere the T-fence guide.
• Attach in the right location.
2 Move the carriage.
=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

7 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.


3 Remove T-fence spring.
=> 3.8.8 T-fence spring

4 Remove T-fence.
Section top
=> 3.8.6 T-fence
=> 3.5 Cover

5 Remove T-fence guide.

A: T-fence guide
B: T-fence

3.8.7 T-fence guide 177


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.8.8 T-fence spring Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : T-fence spring - side cover R
- side cover L
2 Move the carriage.
3 Remove T-fence spring.
4 Replace the T-fence spring.
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-44690 T-Fence Spring_Assy 8.3_ 0604 Y Rail - T Fence

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Needle-Nose Pliers -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “T-fence spring”.

3.8.8 T-fence spring 178


3.8 Y-Rail XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover L
=> 3.2.5 Side Cover L

2 Move the carriage.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

3 Remove T-fence spring.

A : T-fence
B: T-fence spring
C: needle nose plier

4 Replace T-fence spring.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.5 Cover

3.8.8 T-fence spring 179


3.9 Cable Guide XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.9 Cable Guide This section describes how to replace the maintenance parts.
The following table lists the maintenance parts.

3.9.1 Maintenance Part(s) No. Name Reference

Chapter TOC
=> 3 Parts Replacement
Index by Section
=> 3.1 Introduction
Exploded View
=>8.3_ 0701 Cable Guide - Overview

3.9.1 Maintenance Part(s) 180


3.10 IH-R XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.10 IH-R This section describes how to replace the maintenance parts.
The following table lists the maintenance parts.

3.10.1 Maintenance Part(s) No. Name Reference


1 Cartridge holder 3.10.2 Cartridge holder

2 Holder pressure spring 3.10.3 Holder pressure spring

Chapter TOC 3 Ink ID board 3.10.4 Ink ID board


=> 3 Parts Replacement
Index by Section
=> 3.1 Introduction
Exploded View
=>8.3_ 0801 IH R - Overview

3.10.1 Maintenance Part(s) 181


3.10 IH-R XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.10.2 Cartridge holder

A : cartridge holder
This subsection describes how to replace the above
maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “cartridge holder”

A : I/C Holder Assy 1


B: I/C Holder Assy 2
C: I/C Holder Assy 3
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DH-40002 I/C Holder Assy 1 8.3_ 0500 I/C Holder 01

DH-40003 I/C Holder Assy 2 8.3_ 0501 I/C Holder 02

DH-40004 I/C Holder Assy 3 8.3_ 0502 I/C Holder 03

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Dedicated Cleaning Fluid -

The printer uses UV ink.


• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.
Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact.
• There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by fluorescent lamps.
Work in an environment where there is as little UV light as possible.

3.10.2 Cartridge holder 182


3.10 IH-R XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Discharge ink.
2 Remove cover(s).
1 Discharge ink.
- side cover R => 5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge
3 Move the carriage.
4
v

Remove cable.
2 Remove cover(s).
5 Remove tube guide.
6 Remove tube(s).
- side cover R
7 Remove cartridge holder. => 3.2.4 Side Cover R
-s tight cup tapping screw_M3x12 (x2)
8 Replace the cartridge holder.
3 Move the carriage.
9 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

4 Remove cable(s).
- Remove target cable(s) (x2x2) from JUNCTION
board
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Access point:
Slot.1: JUNCTION board-J8/J16
Slot.2: JUNCTION board-J9/J17
Slot.3: JUNCTION board-J10/J18

5 Slide the tube guide.

A: tube guide
B: cartridge holder

continue

3.10.2 Cartridge holder 183


3.10 IH-R XPJ661UFE-M-01

6 Remove the tube. 9 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

A: tube
B: cartridge holder

• Do not recycle the O-ring. Use new ones.


• Dip O-ring in the dedicated cleaning fluid before
assembly.

7 Remove cartridge holder.

A: S tight cup tapping screw_M3x12 (x2)


B: cartridge holder
Section top
=> 3.10 IH-R

8 Replace the cartridge holder.

A: IH lid
B: spring
C: cartridge holder

3.10.2 Cartridge holder 184


3.10 IH-R XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.10.3 Holder pressure spring Procedure

1 Discharge ink.
A : holder pressure spring
2 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R
3 Move the carriage.
4 Remove cartridge holder.
5 Remove spring plate.
- P Tight Cup Screw_M3x6 (x2)
6 Replace the spring plate.
7 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DF-43967 Pressure Roller Holder Spring 8.3_ 0802 IH R - Breakdown

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “spring plate”.

The printer uses UV ink.


• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.
Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact.
• There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by fluorescent lamps.
Work in an environment where there is as little UV light as possible.

3.10.3 Holder pressure spring 185


3.10 IH-R XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Discharge ink. Section top


=> 5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge => 3.10 IH-R

2 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R

3 Move the carriage.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

4 Remove cartridge holder.


=> 3.10.2 Cartridge holder

5 Remove spring plate.

A: P tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 ni-3 (x1)


B: spring plate (x1)

6 Replace spring plate.

7 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3.10.3 Holder pressure spring 186


3.10 IH-R XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.10.4 Ink ID board Procedure

1 Discharge ink.
A : Ink ID board
2 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R
3 Move the carriage.
4 Remove cartridge holder.
5 Remove spring plate.
6 Remove cable.
7 Replace the ink ID board.
8 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DH-40005 Ink ID board 8.3_ 0802 IH R - Breakdown

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “ink ID board”.

The printer uses UV ink.


• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.
Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact.
• There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by fluorescent lamps.
Work in an environment where there is as little UV light as possible.

3.10.4 Ink ID board 187


3.10 IH-R XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
6 Remove cable(s).

1 Discharge ink.
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

=> 5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge A: cable


v
B: ink ID board
2 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R
7 Replace the ink ID board.
3 Move the carriage.
=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock 8 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

4 Remove cartridge holder.


=> 3.10.2 Cartridge holder

Section top
5 Remove spring plate. => 3.10 IH-R

A: P tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 ni-3 (x2)


B: spring plate (x2)
C: ink ID board

3.10.4 Ink ID board 188


3.11 IH-L XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.11 IH-L This section describes how to replace the maintenance parts.
The following table lists the maintenance parts.

3.11.1 Maintenance Part(s) No. Name Reference


1 Cartridge holder 3.11.2 Cartridge holder

2 Holder pressure spring 3.11.3 Holder pressure spring

Chapter TOC 3 Ink ID board 3.11.4 Ink ID board


=> 3 Parts Replacement 4 Circulation pump 3.11.5 Circulation pump
Index by Section
=> 3.1 Introduction
Exploded View
=>8.3_ 0901 IH L - Overview

3.11.1 Maintenance Part(s) 189


3.11 IH-L XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.11.2 Cartridge holder

A : cartridge holder
This subsection describes how to replace
the above maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “cartridge holder”

A : I/C Holder Assy 1


B: I/C Holder Assy 2
C: I/C Holder Assy 3
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DH-40002 I/C Holder Assy 1 8.3_ 0500 I/C Holder 01

DH-40003 I/C Holder Assy 2 8.3_ 0501 I/C Holder 02

DH-40004 I/C Holder Assy 3 8.3_ 0502 I/C Holder 03

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Dedicated cleaning fluid -

The printer uses UV ink.


• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.
Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact.
• There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by fluorescent lamps.
Work in an environment where there is as little UV light as possible.

3.11.2 Cartridge holder 190


3.11 IH-L XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Discharge ink.
2 Remove cover(s).
1 Discharge ink.
- side cover L => 5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge
3 Remove terminal block.
4 Remove holder guide plate.
v

2 Remove cover(s).
5 Remove cable.
6 Remove tube guide. - side cover L
7 Remove tube(s). => 3.2.5 Side Cover L
8 Remove cartridge holder.
-s tight cup tapping screw_M3x12 (x2)
3 Remove terminal block.
9 Replace the cartridge holder.
10 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts. => 3.6.11 Terminal Block

4 Remove the holder guide.

A: S tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 (x4)


B: holder guide
C: cartridge holder

5 Remove cable(s).
- Remove target cable(s) (x2x2) from JUNCTION
board
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Access point:
Slot.4: JUNCTION board-J10/J18
Slot.5: JUNCTION board-J9/J17
Slot.6: JUNCTION board-J8/J16

continue

3.11.2 Cartridge holder 191


3.11 IH-L XPJ661UFE-M-01

6 Slide the tube guide. 9 Replace cartridge holder.

A: tube guide A: IH lid


B: cartridge holder B: spring
C: cartridge holder
D:

7 Remove the tube.

A: tube
B: cartridge holder

10 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.


8 Remove cartridge holder.

A: S tight cup tapping screw_M3x12 (x2)


B: cartridge holder • Do not recycle the O-ring. Use new ones.
• Dip O-ring in the dedicated cleaning fluid before
assembly.

Section top
=> 3.11 IH-L

3.11.2 Cartridge holder 192


3.11 IH-L XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.11.3 Holder pressure spring Procedure

1 Discharge ink.
A : holder pressure spring
2 Remove cover(s).
- side cover L
3 Remove cartridge holder.
4 Remove spring plate.
- P Tight Cup Screw_M3x6 (x2)
5 Replace the spring plate.
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DF-43967 Pressure Roller Holder Spring 8.3_ 0902 IH L - Upper

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “spring plate”.

The printer uses UV ink.


• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.
Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact.
• There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by fluorescent lamps.
Work in an environment where there is as little UV light as possible.

3.11.3 Holder pressure spring 193


3.11 IH-L XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Discharge ink. Section top


=> 5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge => 3.10 IH-R

2 Remove cover(s).
- side cover L
=> 3.2.5 Side Cover L

3 Remove the cartridge holder.


=> 3.10.2 Cartridge holder

4 Remove the spring plate.

A: P tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 ni-3 (x1)


B: spring plate (x1)

5 Replace the spring plate.

6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3.11.3 Holder pressure spring 194


3.11 IH-L XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.11.4 Ink ID board Procedure

1 Discharge ink.
A : ink ID board
2 Remove cover(s).
- side cover L
3 Remove cartridge holder.
4 Remove spring plate.
5 Remove cable.
6 Replace the ink ID board.
7 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DH-40005 Ink ID Board 8.3_ 0902 IH L - Upper

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “ink ID board”.

The printer uses UV ink.


• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.
Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact.
• There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by fluorescent lamps.
Work in an environment where there is as little UV light as possible.

3.11.4 Ink ID board 195


3.11 IH-L XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

1 Discharge ink.
=> 5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge
v

2 Remove cover(s). Section top


=> 3.10 IH-R
- side cover L
=> 3.2.5 Side Cover L

3 Remove the spring plate.

A: P tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 ni-3 (x2)


B: spring plate (x2)
C: ink ID board

4 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

A: cable
B: ink ID board

5 Replace the ink ID board.

3.11.4 Ink ID board 196


3.11 IH-L XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.11.5 Circulation pump

A : circulation pump

The printer uses UV ink.


• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.
Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact.
• There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by fluorescent lamps.
Work in an environment where there is as little UV light as possible.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DH-40001 DC Pump Assy 8.3_ 0400 DC Pump

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- tweezers -
- tube cutter -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “pump”.

3.11.5 Circulation pump 197


3.11 IH-L XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Discharge ink.
2 Remove cover(s).
1 Discharge ink.
- side cover L => 5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge
3 Remove circulation tube cover.
- tapping screw_M3x6 S tight cup
4 Remove cable. 2 Remove cover(s).

5 Remove tube(s). - side cover L


6 Remove pump unit. => 3.2.5 Side Cover L
- round head screw with split washer_M4x16 (x3)
7 Remove pump.
- round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x2) 3 Remove circulation tube cover.
8 Replace the pump. A: S tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 (x2)
9 Attach the new pump.
B: circulation tube cover
10 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
11 Reset the lifetime counter. C: pump unit

4 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Access point:
relay cable (MIST fan cable Assy)

continue

3.11.5 Circulation pump 198


3.11 IH-L XPJ661UFE-M-01

5 Remove tube(s). 7 Remove the pump.


=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram
A: round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x2)
A: I-fitting B: pump
B: pump unit

Precautions when removing the tube


8 Replace the pump.
• Ink remains in the tube.
Place a waste cloth or waste media that can be dirty so => 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram
that it does not drip from the tube outlet to the outside of
the product.

Cut the pump tube in proper length.


6 Remove pump unit.

A : round head screw with split washer_M4x16 (x3)


B: pump unit 9 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

10 Initialize the counter.


=> 5.4 Reset Waste Ink Counter

Section top
=> 3.11 IH-L

3.11.5 Circulation pump 199


3.12 Maintenance XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.12 Maintenance This section describes how to replace the maintenance parts.
The following table lists the maintenance parts.

3.12.1 Maintenance Part(s) No. Name Reference


1 Cap Head 3.12.3 Cap Head

2 Waste Fluid Pump 3.12.4 Waste Fluid Pump

Chapter TOC 3 Wiper Solenoid 3.12.5 Wiper Solenoid


=> 3 Parts Replacement 4 Wiper Unit 3.12.6 Wiper Unit
Index by Section
=> 3.1 Introduction The following table lists the other procedure.
Exploded View
=>8.3_ 1001 Maintenance - Overview No. Name Reference
1 Pump Cover 3.12.2 Pump Cover-Remove / Assemble

3.12.1 Maintenance Part(s) 200


3.12 Maintenance XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.12.2 Pump Cover-Remove / Assemble Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : Pump Cover - side cover R
2 Move the carriage.
3 Remove screw(s).
- S Tight Bind tapping Screw_M3x6
4 Remove pump cover.
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

3.12.2 Pump Cover-Remove / Assemble 201


3.12 Maintenance XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

Section top
=> 3.10 IH-R
UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.
Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact.

Place the waste clothes or waste media under the printer as ink may drop.

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R

2 Move the carriage.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

3 Remove screw(s).
A : S Tight Bind tapping Screw_M3x6
B: Pump Cover

4 Remove pump cover.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3.12.2 Pump Cover-Remove / Assemble 202


3.12 Maintenance XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.12.3 Cap Head

A : Cap Head

The printer uses UV ink.


• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.
Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact.
• There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by fluorescent lamps.
Work in an environment where there is as little UV light as possible.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-48134 Head Cap Assy 8.3_ 0200 Head Cap

Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


Tweezers -
Tube Cutter -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “cap”.

3.12.3 Cap Head 203


3.12 Maintenance XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R 1 Remove cover(s).
- Pump Cover - side cover R
2 Move the carriage.
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R
3 Remove tube(s).
4 Remove cap. - pump cover
5 Replace the cap. => 3.12.2 Pump Cover-Remove / Assemble
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
2 Move the carriage.
=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

3 Remove tube(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

A : tube (x2)
B: F-fitting
C: waste fluid pump
D: tube
E: valve holder

Precautions when removing the tube


• Ink remains in the tube.
Place a waste cloth or waste media that can be dirty so
that it does not drip from the tube outlet to the outside of
the product.

continue

3.12.3 Cap Head 204


3.12 Maintenance XPJ661UFE-M-01

4 Remove the cap


- Remove the cap while press it down.
- Remove cap spring from the cap.

A: cap
B: cap spring

5 Replace the cap.

6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.10 IH-R

3.12.3 Cap Head 205


3.12 Maintenance XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.12.4 Waste Fluid Pump

A : Waste Fluid Pump

The printer uses UV ink.


• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.
Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact.
• There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by fluorescent lamps.
Work in an environment where there is as little UV light as possible.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DH-40001 DC Pump Assy 8.3_ 0400 DC Pump

Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


Tweezers -
Tube Cutter -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “pump”.

3.12.4 Waste Fluid Pump 206


3.12 Maintenance XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R 1 Remove cover(s).
- Pump Cover - side cover R
2 Move the carriage.
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R
3 Remove cable(s).
4 Remove tube(s). - pump cover
5 Remove pump unit. => 3.12.2 Pump Cover-Remove / Assemble
- round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x2)
6 Remove pump.
2 Move the carriage.
- round head screw with split washer_M4x16 (x3)
7 Replace the pump. => 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock
8 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
3 remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Access point:
relay cable (vacuum fan relay 2)

continue

3.12.4 Waste Fluid Pump 207


3.12 Maintenance XPJ661UFE-M-01

4 Remove tube(s). 6 Remove pump.


=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram
A: round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x2)
A: F-fitting B: pump
B: I-fitting
C: pump unit

7 Replace the pump.


When removing tube, there remains ink inside of the
tube. => 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram
Lay waste cloth or waste media on floor to prevent
contamination by splattered ink.

Cut the tube in proper length.


5 Remove pump unit.

A: round head screw with split washer_M4x16 (x3)


B: pump unit 8 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.10 IH-R

3.12.4 Waste Fluid Pump 208


3.12 Maintenance XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.12.5 Wiper Solenoid

A : Wiper Solenoid

The printer uses UV ink.


• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.
Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact.
• There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by fluorescent lamps.
Work in an environment where there is as little UV light as possible.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-41090 Wiper Solenoid SDC630KG 8.3_ 1004 Maintenance - Upper
Details

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Needle-nose Pliers -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “solenoid”.

3.12.5 Wiper Solenoid 209


3.12 Maintenance XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R 1 Remove cover(s).
- Pump Cover - side cover R
2 Move the carriage.
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R
3 Remove cable.
4 Remove tube(s). - pump cover
5 Remove wiper unit. => 3.12.2 Pump Cover-Remove / Assemble
-s tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 (x2)
6 Remove solenoid.
2 Move the carriage.
- round head screw with split washer_M3x5 (x2)
7 Replace the solenoid. => 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock
8 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
3 remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Access point:
relay cable (wiper SOLcable Assy)

continue

3.12.5 Wiper Solenoid 210


3.12 Maintenance XPJ661UFE-M-01

4 Remove tube(s). 7 Replace the solenoid.


=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram
A: spring pin
A: tube B: washer
B: wiper unit C: spring
D: solenoid

When removing tube, there remains ink inside of the


tube. Spring pin, washer, and spring are subject to reuse. Do
Lay waste cloth or waste media on floor to prevent not lose.
contamination by splattered ink.

5 Remove wiper unit.

A: S tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 tight cup(x2) 8 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

B: wiper unit
C: solenoid

Section top
=> 3.10 IH-R

6 Remove solenoid.

A: round head screw with split washer_M3x5 (x2)


B: wiper unit

3.12.5 Wiper Solenoid 211


3.12 Maintenance XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.12.6 Wiper Unit Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : Wiper Unit - side cover R
- Pump Cover
2 Move the carriage.
3 Remove cable.
4 Remove wiper unit.
-s tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 (x2)
5 Replace the wiper unit.
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-49070 Replaceable Wiper Assy(26UF) 8.3_ 0300 Wiper

Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “wiper unit”.

The printer uses UV ink.


• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.
Wear butyl rubber glovesand protective goggles to prevent skin contact.
• There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by fluorescent lamps.
Work in an environment where there is as little UV light as possible.

3.12.6 Wiper Unit 212


3.12 Maintenance XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
5 Remove wiper unit.

1 Remove cover(s). A: S tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 tight cup (x2)


- side cover R B: wiper unit
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R
- pump cover
=> 3.12.2 Pump Cover-Remove / Assemble

2 Move the carriage. 6 Replace the wiper unit.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock
7 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
3 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Section top
=> 3.10 IH-R
Access point:
relay cable (wiper SOLcable Assy)

4 Remove tube(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

A : tube
B: wiper unit

Precautions when removing the tube


• Ink remains in the tube.
Place a waste cloth or waste media that can be dirty so
that it does not drip from the tube outlet to the outside of
the product.

3.12.6 Wiper Unit 213


3.13 Panel XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.13 Panel This section describes how to replace the maintenance parts.
The following table lists the maintenance parts.

3.13.1 Maintenance Part(s) No. Name Reference


1 Panel Unit 3.13.2 Panel Unit

Chapter TOC
=> 3 Parts Replacement
Index by Section
=> 3.1 Introduction
Exploded View
=>8.3_ 1101 Panel

3.13.1 Maintenance Part(s) 214


3.13 Panel XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.13.2 Panel Unit

A : panel unit
Precautions when replacing board
• When handling the board, do not touch the elements on the board with bare hands.
There is a risk that the element will be destroyed by static electricity.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)


Precautions for FFC installation / removal
• When replacing the board or connecting/disconnecting the FFC, disconnect the power
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference
cable and leave it for a while before starting work.
DG-49289 Panel Unit Assy 8.3_ 1101 Panel Working while power cable plugged in, there is a risk of damage to the board due to residual
charge and electric shock to the operator.
• Before inserting the FFC, check the condition of the FFC terminal (the terminal angle is not
bent, the reinforcing plate is not removed).
• Insert and remove the FFC vertically with respect to the connector.
Do not insert or remove the FCC diagonally to or from the connector.
This subsection describes how to replace the above
maintenance parts. • If you insert or remove the FCC at an angle, the terminals in the connector may be
damaged, short-circuited or broken, and the elements on the board may be damaged.
Here referred to as “panel unit”. • Insert the FFC all the way into the connector.
After inserting, check that the FFC and connector terminals are not laterally displaced and
that they are not inserted obliquely.

3.13.2 Panel Unit 215


3.13 Panel XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- panel cover 1 Remove cover(s).
2 Remove panel unit. - panel cover
3 Remove panel-FFC. => 3.2.12 Panel Cover
4 Replace the panel unit.
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
2 Remove panel unit.
- Apply pressure on the front nail(s). (x2)
- Lift in the front.
- Pull out.

A: latch (x2)
B: panel unit
C: clamp
D: panel-FFC

Before removing the panel unit, release panel-FFC


from the clamp(s).
Otherwise panel-FFC may be damaged.

3 Remove cable(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

A: panel-FFC
B: panel unit

Access point:
panel-FFC

continue

3.13.2 Panel Unit 216


3.13 Panel XPJ661UFE-M-01

4 Replace the panel unit.


- Turn on SW2.

A: SW2
B: panel unit

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Check again if SW2 is ON before reassembling the panel unit.

Section top
=> 3.13 Panel

3.13.2 Panel Unit 217


3.14 Accessories XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.14 Accessories This section describes how to replace the maintenance parts.
The following table lists the maintenance parts.

3.14.1 Maintenance Part(s) No. Name Reference


1 Waste Fluid Bottle 3.14.2 Waste Fluid Bottle

2 Wiper 3.14.3 Wiper

Chapter TOC
=> 3 Parts Replacement
Index by Section
=> 3.1 Introduction
Exploded View
=>8.3_ 1201 Accessories

3.14.1 Maintenance Part(s) 218


3.14 Accessories XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.14.2 Waste Fluid Bottle

A : waste fluid bottle


Precautions when replacing board
• When handling the board, do not touch the elements on the board with bare hands.
There is a risk that the element will be destroyed by static electricity.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DH-40006 Waste Fluid Bottle Assy 8.3_ 0600 Waste Fluid Bottle

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “waste fluid bottle”.

3.14.2 Waste Fluid Bottle 219


3.14 Accessories XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Drain the waste fluid.


2 Remove cover(s).
1 Drain the waste fluid.
- waste fluid bottle cover => Operation manual
3 Remove tube(s).
4 Remove waste fluid bottle.
2 Remove cover(s).
5 Replace the waste fluid bottle.
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
- waste fluid bottle cover
7 Reset the waste ink counter. => 3.2.1 Waste Fluid Bottle Cover

3 Remove the tube.

A: tube
B: waste fluid bottle

Precautions when removing the tube


• Ink remains in the tube.
Place a waste cloth or waste media that can be dirty so
that it does not drip from the tube outlet to the outside of
the product.

continue

3.14.2 Waste Fluid Bottle 220


3.14 Accessories XPJ661UFE-M-01

4 Remove waste fluid bottle.


- Release open/close cock from the clamp.
-Remove waste fluid bottle from waste fluid tank
support plate.

A: open/close cock clamp


B: open/close cock
C: waste fluid tank support plate
D: waste fluid bottle

Precautions when removing the tube


• Ink remains in the tube.
Place a waste cloth or waste media that can be dirty so
that it does not drip from the tube outlet to the outside of
the product.

5 Replace the waste fluid bottle.

6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

7 Initialize the counter.


=> 5.12.1 Parameter 1: Initialization

Section top
=> 3.14 Accessories

3.14.2 Waste Fluid Bottle 221


3.14 Accessories XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.14.3 Wiper Procedure

1 Move the carriage.


A : Wiper
2 Remove wiper.
3 Replace the wiper.
4 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-41001 VJ16 Wiper Assy 8.3_ 1004 Maintenance - Upper
Details

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “wiper”.

Precautions when replacing board


• When handling the board, do not touch the elements on the board with bare hands.
There is a risk that the element will be destroyed by static electricity.

3.14.3 Wiper 222


3.14 Accessories XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

1 Move the carriage.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

2 Remove the wiper Assy. Section top


=> Operation manual => 3.14 Accessories

3 Remove wiper.
=>Remove wiper from wiper holder.

A: wiper holder
B: wiper

4 Replace the wiper.


- Attach wiper in wiper holder.

A: wiper holder
B: wiper

Precautions when replacing wiper


• Do not touch wiper with bare finger.
• Keep wiper clean from dirt, dust, oil, etc.
• Wiper has orientation. Install wiper in the right direction.

3.14.3 Wiper 223


3.15 Periodic Replacement Parts XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.15 Periodic Replacement Parts This section describes how to replace the maintenance parts.
The following table lists the maintenance parts.

3.15.1 Maintenance Part(s) No. Name Reference


1 Maintenance Unit 3.15.2 Maintenance Unit

2 Wiper Operation manual

Chapter TOC
=> 3 Parts Replacement
Index by Section
=> 3.1 Introduction
Exploded View A : Maintenance Unit
=>8.3_8.5 Periodic Replace Parts B: Wiper Unit

3.15.1 Maintenance Part(s) 224


3.15 Periodic Replacement Parts XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.15.2 Maintenance Unit Procedure

1 Remove cover(s).
A : Maintenance Unit - side cover R
- Pump Cover
2 Move the carriage.
3 Remove tube(s).
4 Remove maintenance unit.
-s tight cup tapping screw_M3x6(x2)
5 Replace the maintenance unit.
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DH-40023 XPJ-461UF Periodic Maintenance 8.3_ 0100 Maintenance Unit
Kit

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “maintenance unit”.

Precautions when replacing board


• When handling the board, do not touch the elements on the board with bare hands.
There is a risk that the element will be destroyed by static electricity.

3.15.2 Maintenance Unit 225


3.15 Periodic Replacement Parts XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
4 Remove the maintenance unit.

1 Remove cover(s). A: S tight cup tapping screw_M3x6 tight cup (x2)


- side cover R B: maintenance unit
=> 3.2.4 Side Cover R
- pump cover
=> 3.12.2 Pump Cover-Remove / Assemble
When removing screw in the left, bring the slide base
to the right.
2 Move the carriage.
=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

3 Remove tube(s).
=> 8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

A : tube
B: wiper unit 5 Replace the maintenance unit.
C: waste fluid pump
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Precautions when removing the tube


• Ink remains in the tube.
Place a waste cloth or waste media that can be dirty so Section top
that it does not drip from the tube outlet to the outside of
=> 3.15 Periodic Replacement Parts
the product.

3.15.2 Maintenance Unit 226


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.16 FFC This section describes how to replace the maintenance parts.
The following table lists the maintenance parts.

3.16.1 Maintenance Part(s) No. Name Reference


1 CR-FFC 3.16.2 CR-FFC

2 Head-FFC 3.16.3 Head-FFC

Chapter TOC 3 JUNC-FFC (Left-side) 3.16.4 JUNC-FFC (left-side)


=> 3 Parts Replacement 4 JUNC-FFC (Right-side) 3.16.5 JUNC-FFC (right-side)
Index by Section
5 Panel-FFC 3.16.6 Panel-FFC
=> 3.1 Introduction
Exploded View
=>8.3_ 0100 Electric Diagram

3.16.1 Maintenance Part(s) 227


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.16.2 CR-FFC

A : CR-FFC
B: Main Board Precautions for FFC installation / removal
C: CR Board • When replacing the board or connecting/disconnecting the FFC, disconnect the power
cable and leave it for a while before starting work.
Working while power cable plugged in, there is a risk of damage to the board due to residual
charge and electric shock to the operator.
• Before inserting the FFC, check the condition of the FFC terminal (the terminal angle is not
bent, the reinforcing plate is not removed).
• Insert and remove the FFC vertically with respect to the connector.
Do not insert or remove the FCC diagonally to or from the connector.
• If you insert or remove the FCC at an angle, the terminals in the connector may be
damaged, short-circuited or broken, and the elements on the board may be damaged.
• Insert the FFC all the way into the connector.
After inserting, check that the FFC and connector terminals are not laterally displaced and
that they are not inserted obliquely.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-44703 CR_FFC_Assy 8.3_ 0100 Electric Diagram

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -


- Slotted screwdriver -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “CR-FFC”.

3.16.2 CR-FFC 228


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- maintenance cover 1 Remove cover(s).
- front cover - maintenance cover
- base rear cover => 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover
- top cover - front cover
- CR Board Cover => 3.2.3 Front Cover
- base rear cover
2 Move the carriage.
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
3 Remove steel bear. - top cover
- round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x3) => 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
4 Remove CR-FFC fixing plate - CR board cover
- tapping screw_M3x8 P tightcup (x1) => 3.7.5 CR Board Cover-Remove / Assemble
- tapping screw_M3x6 S tightcup (x1)
5 Remove CR-FFC from CR board.
6 Remove CR-FFC from CR board base.
7 Attach steal bear. Precautions for removing/attaching the front cover
- round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x3)
8 Remove CR-FFC from bear attachment. After installing the front cover, check the operation of the
front cover sensor.
9 Remove CR-FFC from fixing plate.
- tapping screw_M3x14 S tightcup (x2)
10 Remove CR-FFC from Main board.
11 Replace the CR-FFC.
12 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
13 Check the carriage operation. Precautions for removing/attaching the maintenance cover
After installing the maintenance cover, check the operation
of the maintenance cover sensor.

2 Move the carriage.


=> 3.7.2 Manual Release of Carriage Lock

continue

3.16.2 CR-FFC 229


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

3 Remove steel bare. 4 Remove CR-FFC fixing plate.


- Release from the clamp most near the carriage.
A: P tight cup tapping screw_M3x8 tight cup (x1)
- Remove steel bare. B: S tight cup tapping screw M3x6 tight cup (x1)
A : round head screw with split washer_M3x8 (x3) C: CR-FFC fixing plate
B: steel bare
C: clamp bare
D: clamp_FFC

Release hook of the clamp with the screwdriver


(precision).

5 Remove CR-FFC (from CR board)

A: CR-FFC (x5)
Hold steel bare with the hand. B: CR board
Steel bare may jump and get hurt.

Access point:
CR board-J1,J2,J3,J4,J5

6 Remove CR-FFC. (from CR board base)


- Remove the tube guide film from CR board base.
- Remove CR-FFC from CR board base.

A: CR-FFC (x5)
B: CR board base
C: tube guide film

continue

3.16.2 CR-FFC 230


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

7 Reassemble the steel bare. 12 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
A: round head screw with split washer_ M3x8 (x3)
B: steel bare
13 Check the carriage operation.

Move the carriage by hand to check sliding.

8 Remove CR-FFC (friom steel bare)


- Remove clamp_bare.
- Remove CR-FFC from clamp-FFC.

9 Remove CR-FFC (friom steel bare) Section top


=> 3.16 FFC
- Remove clamp_bare.
- Remove CR-FFC from clamp-FFC.

A : taping screw M3x14 S tight cup (x2)


B: bare fixing plate
C: CR-FFC (x5)

10 Remove CR-FFC (from MAIN board)


A : CR-FFC (x5)
B: MAIN board

Access point:
MAIN board - J7,J8,J9,J10,J11

11 Replace the CR-FFC.

3.16.2 CR-FFC 231


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.16.3 Head-FFC

A : Head-FFC
B: CR Board Precautions for FFC installation / removal
C: Print Head • When replacing the board or connecting/disconnecting the FFC, disconnect the power
cable and leave it for a while before starting work.
Working while power cable plugged in, there is a risk of damage to the board due to residual
charge and electric shock to the operator.
• Before inserting the FFC, check the condition of the FFC terminal (the terminal angle is not
bent, the reinforcing plate is not removed).
• Insert and remove the FFC vertically with respect to the connector.
Do not insert or remove the FCC diagonally to or from the connector.
• If you insert or remove the FCC at an angle, the terminals in the connector may be
damaged, short-circuited or broken, and the elements on the board may be damaged.
• Insert the FFC all the way into the connector.
After inserting, check that the FFC and connector terminals are not laterally displaced and
that they are not inserted obliquely.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-44687 Head FFC Assy 8.3_ 0100 Electric Diagram

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “Head-FFC”.

3.16.3 Head-FFC 232


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Discharge ink. 1 Discharge ink.


=> 5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge
2 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R
- carriage cover 2 Remove cover(s).
- CR Board Cover
3 Remove head-FFC from CR board. - side cover R
4 Remove print head. => 3.2.4 Side Cover R
5 Remove head-FFCfrom print head. - carriage cover
6 Replace the Head-FFC.
=> 3.7.4 Carriage Cover-Remove / Assemble
7 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.
8 Charge ink. - CR board cover
9 Perform necessary adjustment. => 3.7.5 CR Board Cover-Remove / Assemble

3 Remove head-FFC (from CR board)

A: Head FFC (x4)


B: CR board

Access point:
CR board-J6,J7,J8,J9

4 Remove print head.


=> 3.7.14 Print Head

5 Remove head-FFC (from CR board)

A: Head FFC(x4)
B: print head

3.16.3 Head-FFC 233


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

6 Replace the head-FFC.

7 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

8 Charge ink.
=> 5.8 Check 2: Ink Charge

9 Perform necessary adjustment.


=> 4.2 Adjustment Item

Section top
=> 3.16 FFC

3.16.3 Head-FFC 234


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.16.4 JUNC-FFC (left-side)

A : JUNC-FFC (left-side)
B: Main Board Precautions for FFC installation / removal
C: junction board (left-side) • When replacing the board or connecting/disconnecting the FFC, disconnect the power
cable and leave it for a while before starting work.
Working while power cable plugged in, there is a risk of damage to the board due to residual
charge and electric shock to the operator.
• Before inserting the FFC, check the condition of the FFC terminal (the terminal angle is not
bent, the reinforcing plate is not removed).
• Insert and remove the FFC vertically with respect to the connector.
Do not insert or remove the FCC diagonally to or from the connector.
• If you insert or remove the FCC at an angle, the terminals in the connector may be
damaged, short-circuited or broken, and the elements on the board may be damaged.
• Insert the FFC all the way into the connector.
After inserting, check that the FFC and connector terminals are not laterally displaced and
that they are not inserted obliquely.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DG-44716 JUNC_FFC_Assy 8.3_ 0100 Electric Diagram

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “JUNC-FFC”.

3.16.4 JUNC-FFC (left-side) 235


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover L 1 Remove cover(s).
- front cover - maintenance cover
- base rear cover => 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover
- top cover - front cover
=> 3.2.3 Front Cover
2 Remove JUNC-FFC from Junction board.
- side cover L
3 Remove JUNC-FFCfrom board box. => 3.2.5 Side Cover L
4 Remove JUNC-FFC from Main board (J20). - base rear cover
5 Replace the JUNC-FFC. => 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts. - top cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover

Precautions for removing/attaching the front cover


After installing the front cover, check the operation of the
front cover sensor.

Precautions for removing/attaching the maintenance cover


After installing the maintenance cover, check the operation
of the maintenance cover sensor.

continue

3.16.4 JUNC-FFC (left-side) 236


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

2 Remove JUNC-FFC. (from JUNCTION board) 4 Release JUNC-FFC. (from MAIN board)

A: JUNC-FFC A: JUNC-FFC
B: JUNCTION board (left side) B: MAIN board

Access point: Access point:


JUNCTION board - J1 MAIN board - J20

3 Release JUNC-FFC (from board box) 5 Replace the JUNC-FFC.

A: JUNC-FFC
B: board box
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.16 FFC

3.16.4 JUNC-FFC (left-side) 237


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.16.5 JUNC-FFC (right-side)

A : JUNC-FFC (right-side)
B: Main Board Precautions for FFC installation / removal
C: junction board (right-side) • When replacing the board or connecting/disconnecting the FFC, disconnect the power
cable and leave it for a while before starting work.
Working while power cable plugged in, there is a risk of damage to the board due to residual
charge and electric shock to the operator.
• Before inserting the FFC, check the condition of the FFC terminal (the terminal angle is not
bent, the reinforcing plate is not removed).
• Insert and remove the FFC vertically with respect to the connector.
Do not insert or remove the FCC diagonally to or from the connector.
• If you insert or remove the FCC at an angle, the terminals in the connector may be
damaged, short-circuited or broken, and the elements on the board may be damaged.
• Insert the FFC all the way into the connector.
After inserting, check that the FFC and connector terminals are not laterally displaced and
that they are not inserted obliquely.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DF-49017 Head Cable Assy 8.3_ 0100 Electric Diagram

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “JUNC-FFC”.

3.16.5 JUNC-FFC (right-side) 238


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- side cover R 1 Remove cover(s).
- front cover - maintenance cover
- base rear cover
- top cover => 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover
2 Remove JUNC-FFC from Junction board. - front cover
3 Remove JUNC-FFCfrom board box. => 3.2.3 Front Cover
4 Remove JUNC-FFC from Main board (J19).
- side cover R
5 Replace the JUNC-FFC.
6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts. => 3.2.4 Side Cover R
- base rear cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
- top cover
=> 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover

Precautions for removing/attaching the front cover


After installing the front cover, check the operation of the
front cover sensor.

Precautions for removing/attaching the maintenance cover


After installing the maintenance cover, check the operation
of the maintenance cover sensor.

continue

3.16.5 JUNC-FFC (right-side) 239


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

2 Remove JUNC-FFC. (from JUNCTION board)

A: JUNC-FFC Section top


B: JUNCTION board (right side) => 3.16 FFC

Access point:
JUNCTION board - J1

3 Remove JUNC-FFC (from board box)

A: JUNC-FFC
B: board box

4 Release JUNC-FFC. (from MAIN board)

A: JUNC-FFC
B: MAIN board

Access point:
MAIN board - J19

5 Replace the JUNC-FFC.

6 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

3.16.5 JUNC-FFC (right-side) 240


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.16.6 Panel-FFC

A : Panel FFC
B: Main Board Precautions for FFC installation / removal
C: Panel Unit • When replacing the board or connecting/disconnecting the FFC, disconnect the power
cable and leave it for a while before starting work.
Working while power cable plugged in, there is a risk of damage to the board due to residual
charge and electric shock to the operator.
• Before inserting the FFC, check the condition of the FFC terminal (the terminal angle is not
bent, the reinforcing plate is not removed).
• Insert and remove the FFC vertically with respect to the connector.
Do not insert or remove the FCC diagonally to or from the connector.
• If you insert or remove the FCC at an angle, the terminals in the connector may be
damaged, short-circuited or broken, and the elements on the board may be damaged.
• Insert the FFC all the way into the connector.
After inserting, check that the FFC and connector terminals are not laterally displaced and
that they are not inserted obliquely.

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DH-40045 Panel FFC 8.3_ 0100 Electric Diagram

- Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

This subsection describes how to replace the above


maintenance parts.

Here referred to as “panel-FFC”.

3.16.6 Panel-FFC 241


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Remove cover(s).
- maintenance cover 1 Remove cover(s).
- front cover - maintenance cover
- side cover R
- base rear cover => 3.2.2 Maintenance Cover
- top cover - front cover
- cover F
- panel cover => 3.2.3 Front Cover
2 Remove panel-FFC from Main board. - side cover R
3 Remove panel-FFC from LAN Cover. => 3.2.4 Side Cover R
4 Remove panel-FFC from frame.
- base rear cover
5 Remove panel-FFCfrom panel unit.
6 Replace the panel-FFC. => 3.2.7 Base Rear Cover
7 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts. - top cover
=> 3.2.8 Top Cover
- cover F
=> 3.2.11 Cover F
- panel cover
=> 3.2.12 Panel Cover

Precautions for removing/attaching the front cover


After installing the front cover, check the operation of the
front cover sensor.

Precautions for removing/attaching the maintenance cover


After installing the maintenance cover, check the operation
of the maintenance cover sensor.

continue

3.16.6 Panel-FFC 242


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

2 Remove panel-FFC (from MAIN board) 4 Remove panel-FFC (from the frame)

A: panel-FFC A : panel-FFC
B: MAIN board

Access point:
MAIN board - J33

3 Remove panel-FFC. (from LAN cover)

A: panel-FFC
B: LAN cover

continue

3.16.6 Panel-FFC 243


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

5 Remove panel-FFC. (from panel unit)


- Remove panel unit.
=> 3.13.2 Panel Unit
- Remove panel-FFC.

A: panel-FFC
B: panel unit

Access point:
panel unit - J1

6 Replace the panel-FFC.

7 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts.

Section top
=> 3.16 FFC

3.16.6 Panel-FFC 244


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.16.7 FFC Folding Instruction

Chapter TOC
=> 3 Parts Replacement
Index by Section
=> 3.1 Introduction

3.16.7 FFC Folding Instruction 245


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

0100 Head FFC

3.16.7 FFC Folding Instruction 246


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

0200 CR FFC

3.16.7 FFC Folding Instruction 247


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

0300 Panel FFC

3.16.7 FFC Folding Instruction 248


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

0400 JUNC FFC

3.16.7 FFC Folding Instruction 249


3.16 FFC XPJ661UFE-M-01

Section top
=> 3.16 FFC

3.16.7 FFC Folding Instruction 250


XPJ661UFE-M-01

4 Adjustment 4.8 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover)............ 293

4.8.1 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover)_check ........... 294


4.1 Introduction........................................................................252
4.8.2 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover)_adjust ........... 296
4.2 Adjustment Item ................................................................253
4.9 Tension Adjustment (CR Belt)......................................... 299
4.3 Head adjustment_slant .....................................................263
4.9.1 Tension adjustment (CR Belt)_adjust....................................... 300
4.3.1 Head slant adjustment_check................................................... 264
4.10 Position adjustment (PF motor) ...................................... 302
4.3.2 Head slant adjustment_adjust .................................................. 266
4.10.1 Position adjustment (PF motor)_adjust .................................... 303
4.3.3 Head slant adjustment_how to use lever.................................. 269
4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor)............................... 305
4.4 Head adjustment_Uni-D ....................................................270
4.11.1 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_jig mount/remove ............. 306
4.4.1 Uni-D adjustment_check........................................................... 271
4.11.2 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_check................................ 309
4.4.2 Uni-D adjustment_adjust .......................................................... 273
4.11.3 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_adjust ............................... 312
4.5 Head adjustment_Bi-D ......................................................275

4.5.1 Bi-D adjustment_check (print 1) ............................................... 276

4.5.2 Bi-D adjustment_check (print 2) ............................................... 278

4.5.3 Bi-D adjustment_adjust............................................................. 280

4.6 Height adjustment (print head) ........................................282

4.6.1 Height adjustment (print head)_check ...................................... 283

4.6.2 Height adjustment (print head)_adjust...................................... 285

4.7 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)............................287

4.7.1 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)_check........................... 288

4.7.2 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)_adjust........................... 290

251
4.1 Introduction XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information on necessary adjustment items and procedure.

252
4.2 Adjustment Item XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.2 Adjustment Item


This section describes the adjustment items required in part replacement procedures.
Chapter TOC
=> 4 Adjustment
Index by section
=> Cover-Remove / Assemble
=> Frame
=> Table
=> Cover
=> Board Box
=> CR
=> Y-Rail
=> Cable Guide
=> IH-R
=> IH-L
=> Maintenance
=> Panel
=> Accessories
=> Periodic Replacement Parts
=> FFC

253
4.2 Adjustment Item XPJ661UFE-M-01

Cover-Remove / Assemble

Parts Replaced Order Adjustment Item Reference


Section Top
Maintenance Cover 1 Maintenance Cover Switch 4.8 Cover Switch => 4.2 Adjustment Item
Adjustment Adjustment (Maintenance
Cover)

Front Cover 1 Front Cover Switch 4.7 Cover switch


Adjustment adjustment (front cover)

Side Cover R 1 Laser Sensor Adjustment 4.11 Position Adjustment


(Laser Sensor)

Side Cover L 1 Laser Sensor Adjustment 4.11 Position Adjustment


(Laser Sensor)

254
4.2 Adjustment Item XPJ661UFE-M-01

Frame Table

Parts Replaced Order Adjustment Item Reference Parts Replaced Order Adjustment Item Reference
Front Cover Switch 1 Front Cover Switch 4.7 Cover switch Z motor 1 Lifetime Counter Reset 5.12.1 Parameter 1:
(Left-Side) Adjustment adjustment (front cover) Initialization

Front Cover Switch 1 Front Cover Switch 4.7 Cover switch 2 Z Motor Endurance 5.14.3 Endurance 3: PG
(Right-Side) Adjustment adjustment (front cover) Motor

Laser Sensor 1 Laser Sensor Adjustment 4.11 Position Adjustment Shaft 1 Z Motor Endurance 5.14.3 Endurance 3: PG
(Laser Sensor) Motor

Maintenance Cover 1 Maintenance Cover Switch 4.8 Cover Switch


Switch (Left-Side) Adjustment Adjustment (Maintenance
Cover)

Maintenance Cover 1 Maintenance Cover Switch 4.8 Cover Switch Section Top
Switch (Right-Side) Adjustment Adjustment (Maintenance => 4.2 Adjustment Item
Cover)

PF Belt 1 PF Motor Position Adjustment 4.10 Position adjustment


(PF motor)
2 PF Motor Endurance 5.14.2 Endurance 2: PF
Motor

PF Encoder 1 PF Encoder Test 5.7.5 Test 5: Encoder


2 PF Motor Endurance 5.14.2 Endurance 2: PF
Motor

PF Motor 1 PF Motor Position Adjustment 4.10 Position adjustment


(PF motor)
2 Lifetime Counter Reset 5.12.1 Parameter 1:
Initialization
3 PF Motor Endurance 5.14.2 Endurance 2: PF
Motor

PF Pulley 1 PF Motor Position Adjustment 4.10 Position adjustment


(PF motor)
2 PF Motor Endurance 5.14.2 Endurance 2: PF
Motor

PF Scale 1 PF Motor Position Adjustment 4.10 Position adjustment


(PF motor)
2 PF Motor Endurance 5.14.2 Endurance 2: PF
Motor

255
4.2 Adjustment Item XPJ661UFE-M-01

Cover Board Box

Parts Replaced Order Adjustment Item Reference Parts Replaced Order Adjustment Item Reference
- - - - MAIN Board 1 It varies by the condition of -
MAIN board
2 Nozzle Check 5.9.1 Adjustment 1: Head
Nozzle Check

Section Top
=> 4.2 Adjustment Item

256
4.2 Adjustment Item XPJ661UFE-M-01

CR CR

Parts Replaced Order Adjustment Item Reference Parts Replaced Order Adjustment Item Reference
Cursor Roller Arm (Left- 1 CR Motor Endurance 5.14.1 Endurance 1: CR Print Head 1 Nozzle Check 5.9.1 Adjustment 1: Head
side) Motor Nozzle Check

Cursor Roller Arm 1 CR Motor Endurance 5.14.1 Endurance 1: CR 2 Head Adjustment (Slant) 4.3.1 Head slant
(Right-side) Motor adjustment_check
3 Head Adjustment (Uni-D) 4.4.1 Uni-D
CR Board 1 Nozzle Check 5.9.1 Adjustment 1: Head
adjustment_check
Nozzle Check
4 Head Adjustment (Bi-D) 4.5 Head adjustment_Bi-D
CR Encoder 1 CR Encoder Test 5.7.5 Test 5: Encoder
5 LED Pointer Adjustment 5.9.5 Adjustment 5: LED
2 CR Motor Endurance 5.14.1 Endurance 1: CR Pointer
Motor
6 Daily Maintenance Log Check 5.7.7 Test 7: History
3 Nozzle Check 5.9.1 Adjustment 1: Head
Nozzle Check UV-LED 1 Lifetime Counter Reset 5.12.1 Parameter 1:
Initialization
Cursor Assy 1 Head Height Adjustment 4.6 Height adjustment
(print head) Valve Head 1 Nozzle Check 5.9.1 Adjustment 1: Head
Nozzle Check
2 CR Motor Endurance 5.14.1 Endurance 1: CR
Motor 2 Head Adjustment (Slant) 4.3.1 Head slant
adjustment_check
3 Nozzle Check 5.9.1 Adjustment 1: Head
Nozzle Check 3 Head Adjustment (Uni-D) 4.4.1 Uni-D
adjustment_check
4 Head Adjustment (Slant) 4.3.1 Head slant
adjustment_check 4 Head Adjustment (Bi-D) 4.5 Head adjustment_Bi-D

5 Head Adjustment (Uni-D) 4.4.1 Uni-D 5 LED Pointer Adjustment 5.9.5 Adjustment 5: LED
adjustment_check Pointer

6 Head Adjustment (Bi-D) 4.5 Head adjustment_Bi-D


7 Side Margin Adjustment 5.9.4 Adjustment 4: Margin
Adjustment
8 LED Pointer Adjustment 5.9.5 Adjustment 5: LED Section Top
Pointer => 4.2 Adjustment Item

257
4.2 Adjustment Item XPJ661UFE-M-01

Y-Rail Cable Guide

Parts Replaced Order Adjustment Item Reference Parts Replaced Order Adjustment Item Reference
CR Belt 1 CR Belt Adjustment - - - -
2 Side Margin Adjustment 5.9.4 Adjustment 4: Margin
Adjustment
3 CR Motor Endurance 5.14.1 Endurance 1: CR
Motor Section Top
CR Motor 1 CR Belt Adjustment => 4.2 Adjustment Item

2 Lifetime Counter Reset 5.12.1 Parameter 1:


Initialization
3 Side Margin Adjustment 5.9.4 Adjustment 4: Margin
Adjustment
4 CR Motor Endurance 5.14.1 Endurance 1: CR
Motor

CR Speed Reduction 1 CR Belt Adjustment


Pulley 2 Side Margin Adjustment 5.9.4 Adjustment 4: Margin
Adjustment
3 CR Motor Endurance 5.14.1 Endurance 1: CR
Motor

T-Fence 1 CR Encoder Test 5.7.5 Test 5: Encoder


2 Side Margin Adjustment 5.9.4 Adjustment 4: Margin
Adjustment

T-Fence Guide 1 CR Encoder Test 5.7.5 Test 5: Encoder


2 Side Margin Adjustment 5.9.4 Adjustment 4: Margin
Adjustment

T-Fence Spring 1 CR Encoder Test 5.7.5 Test 5: Encoder


2 Side Margin Adjustment 5.9.4 Adjustment 4: Margin
Adjustment

258
4.2 Adjustment Item XPJ661UFE-M-01

IH-R IH-L

Parts Replaced Order Adjustment Item Reference Parts Replaced Order Adjustment Item Reference
- - - - Circulation Pump 1 C-pump Endurance 5.14.5 Endurance 5:
Circulation Pump
2 Lifetime Counter Reset 5.12.1 Parameter 1:
Initialization

Section Top
=> 4.2 Adjustment Item

259
4.2 Adjustment Item XPJ661UFE-M-01

Maintenance Panel

Parts Replaced Order Adjustment Item Reference Parts Replaced Order Adjustment Item Reference
Waste Fluid Pump 1 Lifetime Counter Reset 5.12.1 Parameter 1: - - - -
Initialization

Wiper Solenoid 1 Wiper Endurance 5.14.7 Endurance 7: Wiper

Wiper Unit 1 Wiper Endurance 5.14.7 Endurance 7: Wiper


Section Top
=> 4.2 Adjustment Item

260
4.2 Adjustment Item XPJ661UFE-M-01

Accessories Periodic Replacement Parts

Parts Replaced Order Adjustment Item Reference Parts Replaced Order Adjustment Item Reference
Waste Fluid Bottle 1 Waste Ink Counter Reset 5.12.1 Parameter 1: - - - -
Initialization

Section Top
=> 4.2 Adjustment Item

261
4.2 Adjustment Item XPJ661UFE-M-01

FFC

Parts Replaced Order Adjustment Item Reference


Section Top
CR-FFC 1 CR Motor Endurance 5.14.1 Endurance 1: CR => 4.2 Adjustment Item
Motor
2 Nozzle Check 5.9.1 Adjustment 1: Head
Nozzle Check

Head-FFC 1 Nozzle Check 5.9.1 Adjustment 1: Head


Nozzle Check
2 Head Adjustment (Slant) 4.3.1 Head slant
adjustment_check
3 Head Adjustment (Uni-D) 4.4.1 Uni-D
adjustment_check
4 Head Adjustment (Bi-D) 4.5 Head adjustment_Bi-D
5 LED Pointer Adjustment 5.9.5 Adjustment 5: LED
Pointer

262
4.3 Head adjustment_slant XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.3 Head adjustment_slant


Adjust the slant of print head.
Precautions when using UV ink
Slant is the clockwise/counter-clockwise inclination when • UV ink is very irritating to the skin.
viewed from above. Wear vinyl gloves to prevent ink from getting on your skin when working.
• Fluorescent lamps may cure the UV ink.
- Repeat check and the adjustment until result is OK. • Avoid such environment where UV light (ultraviolet light) enter as much as possible.
=> 4.3.1 Head slant adjustment_check
=> 4.3.2 Head slant adjustment_adjust

Precautions when replacing the print head (UV ink)


• If the print head is exposed to sunlight or strong fluorescent light for a long time, the head
• 4-color pattern is presented here.
may be cured.
Adjustment procedure in 4-color and in 6-color are the
Do not leave the carriage cover removed for a long time.
same.
If the work will take a long time, put the carriage cover on.
• In this adjustment procedure, adjust the slant of the head (The head can be hardened just by putting it on.)
in the direction of the arrow.
• Do not touch the nozzle surface of the head nor dust.
• The name of each head nozzle is as shown in the figure
• The head is adjusted. Do not disassemble.
• Do not touch the head circuit board and tape wire already installed in the head.
Also, do not touch the area around the tape wire when the head cover is attached.

Chapter TOC
=> 4 Adjustment

263
4.3 Head adjustment_slant XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.3.1 Head slant adjustment_check Procedure

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 1 Activate the self diagnosis mode.

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference 2 Set the media.


Loupe Recommend: 25x Loupe 3 Print adjustment pattern.
Penlight - [Check 3: Adjustment] - [Adjustment 2: Head slant check] - [Head slant: slant 1]
Media for the adjustment 4 Check the adjustment pattern.

4.3.1 Head slant adjustment_check 264


4.3 Head adjustment_slant XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (details)

1 Activate the self diagnosis mode.


=> 5.1.2 Turning on the printer

2 Set the media.


=> 5.2 Media Loading Status Switching

3 Print adjustment pattern.


=> 5.8.2 Adjustment 2: Head Slant Check

4 Check the adjustment pattern.


- Check the position of black and other color.
: No adjustment needed.
×: Adjustment needed.
=> 4.3.2 Head slant adjustment_adjust

Section top
=> 4.3 Head adjustment_slant

4.3.1 Head slant adjustment_check 265


4.3 Head adjustment_slant XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.3.2 Head slant adjustment_adjust Procedure

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 1 Remove cover(s).

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference - Side cover R

- Phillips Screwdriver No.2 - Carriage cover

2 Move the carriage.

3 Loosen screw(s).
- round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x4)

4 Adjust head slant.

5 Tighten screw(s).
- round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x4)

6 Move the carriage.

7 Reassemble the cover(s).


- Carriage cover

8 Check the result.

9 Reassemble the cover(s).


- Side cover R

4.3.2 Head slant adjustment_adjust 266


4.3 Head adjustment_slant XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (details)
4 Adjust head slant.

1 remove cover(s).
- Move the lever.

- Side cover R A: notch


=> 3.2.3 Side cover R
- Carriage cover
=> 3.6.4 Carriage cover-Remove / Assemble
• Click sound => one (1) notch
• One (1) notch = half dot up/down
2 Move the carriage.
=> 3.6.2 Manual release of carriage lock

3 Loosen screw(s).
How to use lever
A: round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x4) => 4.3.1 Head slant adjustment_check

• Do not touch terminal(s) with wrench/screwdriver.


This may cause damage. 5 Tighten screw(s).
• Loosen/tighten each screw in the same amount,
in order to keep accuracy. A: round head screw with split washer_M3x6 (x4)

• Do not touch terminal(s) with wrench/screwdriver.


This may cause damage.
• Loosen/tighten each screw in the same amount,
in order to keep accuracy.

6 Move the carriage.


- Cap-in.
=> 3.6.2 Manual release of carriage lock

Continue

4.3.2 Head slant adjustment_adjust 267


4.3 Head adjustment_slant XPJ661UFE-M-01

7 Reassemble the cover(s).


- Carriage cover
=> 3.6.4 Carriage cover-Remove / Assemble

8 Check the result.


=> 4.3.1 Head slant adjustment_check

9 Reassemble the cover(s).


- Side cover R
=> 3.2.3 Side cover R

Section top
=> 4.3 Head adjustment_slant

4.3.2 Head slant adjustment_adjust 268


4.3 Head adjustment_slant XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.3.3 Head slant adjustment_how to use lever Move lever to the end, then to the target.
=> Dot goes up.
If lever position passes the target, move lever to the start
position, then to the target.

Move lever to the target.


=> Dot goes down.

Lever must be in contact with plate. Press lever to the


plate while shifting.
Gap between lever and plate may cause innacurate
adjustment.

Section top
=> 4.3 Head adjustment_slant

4.3.3 Head slant adjustment_how to use lever 269


4.4 Head adjustment_Uni-D XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.4 Head adjustment_Uni-D


Adjust the line gap in a head.
Adjust drawing position by entering value (parameter) in touch panel.
- Repeat check and the adjustment until result is OK.
=> 4.4.1 Uni-D adjustment_check
=> 4.4.2 Uni-D adjustment_adjust

• 4-color pattern is presented here.


Adjustment procedure in 4-color and in 6-color are the same.
• Uni-D (Uni-Direction) indicates Uni-Directional printing.
• The basis nozzle line of the head is E line.
• Adjust all the combination listed below when the print head is replaced.

Name Contents
UniD 320 VSD2 Uni-D adjustment in 320cps, VSD2

UniD 320 VSD3 Uni-D adjustment in 320cps, VSD3

UniD 320 VSD4 Uni-D adjustment in 320cps, VSD4

Chapter TOC
=> 4 Adjustment

4.3.3 Head slant adjustment_how to use lever 270


4.4 Head adjustment_Uni-D XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.4.1 Uni-D adjustment_check Procedure

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference 2 Set the media.


Loupe Recommend: 25x Loupe 3 Print the adjustment pattern.
Penlight - [Check3: Adjustment]-[Adjustment 3:Uni/Bi Low]-[Low*:UniD***]-[UniD ***:Print]
Media for the adjustment width: 210mm x length: 210mm

4.4.1 Uni-D adjustment_check 271


4.4 Head adjustment_Uni-D XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode. Section top


=> 5.1.2 Turning on the printer => 4.4 Head adjustment_Uni-D

2 Set the media.


=> 5.2 Media Loading Status Switching

3 Print the adjustment pattern.


- [Check3: Adjustment]-[Adjustment 3:Uni/Bi Low]
- [Low1: UniD 320 VSD2]-[UniD 320 VSD2: Print]
- [Low2: UniD 320 VSD3]-[UniD 320 VSD3: Print]
- [Low3: UniD 320 VSD4]-[UniD 320 VSD4: Print]
=> 5.8.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment

4 Check the pattern.


- Check if there is any lateral displacement between the
upper and lower line.
OK: Positions are aligned
(OK half dot)
No adjustment needed.
NG: Displacement is greater than one-half dot
Adjustment needed.
=> 4.4.2 Uni-D adjustment_adjust

4.4.1 Uni-D adjustment_check 272


4.4 Head adjustment_Uni-D XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.4.2 Uni-D adjustment_adjust Procedure

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference 2 Change parameter(s).


- [Check3: Adjustment]-[Adjustment 3:Uni/Bi Low]-[Low*:UniD***]-[UniD ***:Setup]

3 Check the pattern.

4.4.2 Uni-D adjustment_adjust 273


4.4 Head adjustment_Uni-D XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.


=> 5.1.2 Turning on the printer

2 Change parameter(s).
- [Check3: Adjustment]-[Adjustment 3:Uni/Bi Low]
- [Low1: UniD 320 VSD2]-[UniD 320 VSD2: Print]
- [Low2: UniD 320 VSD3]-[UniD 320 VSD3: Print]
- [Low3: UniD 320 VSD4]-[UniD 320 VSD4: Print]
=> 5.8.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment

• A - H (total 7) are available for parameter change.


(Excluding E: basis line)
• Dot movement differs according to media and waveform.
Explanation here is based on MF-3G media.

3 Repeat the check procedure.


=> 4.4.1 Uni-D adjustment_check

Section top
=> 4.4 Head adjustment_Uni-D

4.4.2 Uni-D adjustment_adjust 274


4.5 Head adjustment_Bi-D XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.5 Head adjustment_Bi-D


• Align dot placement for Bi-directional printing.
• Print 1:
Check the misalignment only with the base lines printed from one nozzle.
• Print 2:
Check the misalignment between the base line and lines printed from all the other nozzle.

- Enter the value (parameter) on the panel, and adjust the printing position.

• 4-color pattern is presented here.


Adjustment procedure in 4-color and in 6-color are the same.
• Bi-D (Bi-direction) indicates bi-directional printing.
• The basis nozzle line of the head is E line.
• Adjust all the combination listed below when the print head is replaced.

Name Contents
BiD 320 VSD2 Bi-D adjustment in 320cps, VSD2

BiD 320 VSD3 Bi-D adjustment in 320cps, VSD3

BiD 320 VSD4 Bi-D adjustment in 320cps, VSD4

Chapter TOC
=> 4 Adjustment

4.4.2 Uni-D adjustment_adjust 275


4.5 Head adjustment_Bi-D XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.5.1 Bi-D adjustment_check (print 1) Procedure

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference 2 Set the media.


Loupe Recommend: 25x Loupe 3 Print pattern(s).
Penlight - [Check3: Adjustment]-[Adjustment 3:Uni/Bi Low]-[Low*:BiD***]-[BiD ***:Print1]
Media for the adjustment width: 210mm x length: 210mm 4 Check the pattern.

4.5.1 Bi-D adjustment_check (print 1) 276


4.5 Head adjustment_Bi-D XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode. Section top


=> 5.1.2 Turning on the printer => 4.5 Head adjustment_Bi-D

2 Set the media.


=> 5.2 Media Loading Status Switching

3 Print pattern(s).
- [Check3: Adjustment]-[Adjustment 3:Uni/Bi Low]
- [Low4: BiD 320 VSD2]-[BiD 320 VSD2: Print1]
- [Low5: BiD 320 VSD3]-[BiD 320 VSD3: Print1]
- [Low6: BiD 320 VSD4]-[BiD 320 VSD4: Print1]
=> 5.8.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment

4 Check the pattern.


- Check if there is any lateral displacement between the
upper and lower line.
OK: Positions are aligned
(OK half dot)
No adjustment needed.
NG: Displacement is greater than one-half dot
Adjustment needed.
=> 4.5.3 Bi-D adjustment_adjust

4.5.1 Bi-D adjustment_check (print 1) 277


4.5 Head adjustment_Bi-D XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.5.2 Bi-D adjustment_check (print 2) Procedure

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference 2 Set the media.


Loupe Recommend: 25x Loupe 3 Print pattern(s).
Penlight - [Check3: Adjustment]-[Adjustment 3:Uni/Bi Low]-[Low*:BiD***]-[BiD ***:Print2]
Media for the adjustment width: 210mm x length: 210mm 4 Check the pattern.

4.5.2 Bi-D adjustment_check (print 2) 278


4.5 Head adjustment_Bi-D XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode. Section top


=> 5.1.2 Turning on the printer => 4.5 Head adjustment_Bi-D

2 Set the media.


=> 5.2 Media Loading Status Switching

3 Print pattern(s).
- [Check3: Adjustment]-[Adjustment 3:Uni/Bi Low]
- [Low4: BiD 320 VSD2]-[BiD 320 VSD2: Print2]
- [Low5: BiD 320 VSD3]-[BiD 320 VSD3: Print2]
- [Low6: BiD 320 VSD4]-[BiD 320 VSD4: Print2]
=> 5.8.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment

4 Check the pattern.


- Check if there is any lateral displacement between the
upper and lower line.
OK: Positions are aligned
(OK half dot)
No adjustment needed.
NG: Displacement is greater than one-half dot
Adjustment needed.
=> 4.5.3 Bi-D adjustment_adjust

4.5.2 Bi-D adjustment_check (print 2) 279


4.5 Head adjustment_Bi-D XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.5.3 Bi-D adjustment_adjust Procedure

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference 2 Change parameter(s).


- - - - [Check3: Adjustment]-[Adjustment 3:Uni/Bi Low]-[Low*:BiD***]-[BiD ***: Setup]

3 Check the pattern.

4.5.3 Bi-D adjustment_adjust 280


4.5 Head adjustment_Bi-D XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)

1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.


=> 5.1.2 Turning on the printer

2 Change parameter(s).
- [Check3: Adjustment]-[Adjustment 3:Uni/Bi Low]
- [Low4: BiD 320 VSD2]-[BiD 320 VSD2: Setup]
- [Low5: BiD 320 VSD3]-[BiD 320 VSD3: Setup]
- [Low6: BiD 320 VSD4]-[BiD 320 VSD4: Setup]
=> 5.8.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment

• Only one value may be entered in Bi-D adjustment.


• Dot movement differs according to media and waveform.
Explanation here is based on MF-3G media.

3 Repeat the check procedure.


=> 4.5.1 Bi-D adjustment_check (print 1)
=> 4.5.2 Bi-D adjustment_check (print 2)

Section top
=> 4.5 Head adjustment_Bi-D

4.5.3 Bi-D adjustment_adjust 281


4.6 Height adjustment (print head) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.6 Height adjustment (print head)


Check and adjust the gap between the print head and table.
- Repeat check and the adjustment until result is OK.

=> 4.6.1 Height adjustment (print head)_check


=> 4.6.2 Height adjustment (print head)_adjust

Precautions when replacing the print head (UV ink)


• Exposed in sunlight and/or strong fluorescent light may harden print head.
Do not leave print head for a long time (1 or more days) with the cover removed.
If the operation is expected to take a long time, cover with carriage cover.
(This prevents hardening effectively.)
• Do not touch print nozzle surface. Keep print head from dust.
• Print head is adjusted. Do not disassemble print head.
• Do not touch head circuit board and/or cable/FFC.
• Do not touch cable/FFC when remove/reassemble the head cover.

Chapter TOC
=> 4 Adjustment

4.5.3 Bi-D adjustment_adjust 282


4.6 Height adjustment (print head) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.6.1 Height adjustment (print head)_check Procedure

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 1 Set table height.

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference 2 Move the carriage.


DG-43193 PG Adjusting Jig (1.1/1.3) -
3 Check the head height.
- Media height guide => Operation manual

4.6.1 Height adjustment (print head)_check 283


4.6 Height adjustment (print head) XPJ661UFE-M-01

step ( )
3 Check the head height.
- Place PG adjusting jig (1.1/1.3) on the table.
1 Set the table height.
- Check if the head clears 1.1mm step, but the jig stops
- Tap menu key.
at 1.3mm step.
- After mechanism initialization is finished, select
- Do the same from the other side (counter-origin side).
[Check9: Media Feed]
- Hold [ ] key to feed table to the front. A: PG adjusting jig (1.1/1.3)
B: table
C: step

Move the table tp the position where jig can be set.


• Slide the jig on the table.
• Check from the both side.
• Check the head height by whether the jig goes through
protruding portions on both sides
2 Move the carriage.
=> 3.6.2 Manual release of carriage lock

If the jig stops at 1.1 mm step, or pass through 1.3 mm


step, go to
=> 4.6.2 Height adjustment (print head)_adjust

Section top
=> 4.6 Height adjustment (print head)

4.6.1 Height adjustment (print head)_check 284


4.6 Height adjustment (print head) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.6.2 Height adjustment (print head)_adjust Procedure

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 1 Remove cover(s).

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference - Side cover R

Phillips Screwdriver No.2 - - Carriage cover

2 Move the carriage.

3 Loosen screw(s).
- Round Head Screw with Split Washer (Polished)_M3x10 (x4)

4 Adjust the head height.

5 Tighten screw(s).
- Round Head Screw with Split Washer (Polished)_M3x10 (x4)

6 Move the carriage.

7 Reassemble cover(s).
- Carriage cover

8 Check the head height.

9 Reassemble cover(s).
- Side cover R

4.6.2 Height adjustment (print head)_adjust 285


4.6 Height adjustment (print head) XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
6 Move the carriage.

1 Remove cover(s).
- Cap-in.
=> 3.6.2 Manual release of carriage lock
- Side cover R
=> 3.2.3 Side cover R
- Carriage cover
7 Reassemble cover(s).
- Carriage cover
=> 3.6.4 Carriage cover-Remove / Assemble
=> 3.6.4 Carriage cover-Remove / Assemble

2 Move the carriage.


=> 3.6.2 Manual release of carriage lock
8 Check the head height.
=> 4.6.1 Height adjustment (print head)_check

3 Loosen screw(s).
9 Reassemble cover(s).
A: Round Head Screw with Split Washer (Polished)_M3x10
- Side cover R
(x4)
=> 3.2.3 Side cover R

Section top
4 Adjust the head height.
=> 4.6 Height adjustment (print head)
- Move head base up/down.

A: head base

5 Tighten screw(s).

A: Round Head Screw with Split Washer (Polished)_M3x10


(x4)

4.6.2 Height adjustment (print head)_adjust 286


4.7 Cover switch adjustment (front cover) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.7 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)


Adjust the position of front cover flag plate.
- Repeat check and the adjustment until result is OK.

=> 4.7.1 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)_check


=> 4.7.2 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)_adjust
A: Front Cover
B: Front Cover Switch (Left-Side)
C: Flag Plate (Left-Side)
D: Front Cover Switch (Right-Side)
E: Flag Plate (Right-Side)

Chapter TOC
=> 4 Adjustment

4.6.2 Height adjustment (print head)_adjust 287


4.7 Cover switch adjustment (front cover) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.7.1 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)_check Procedure

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference 2 Check the status of the cover switch (when front cover is physically open.)
- [Check 1: Test]-[Test 4: Sensor]-[Sen. 3: Cover L ***]/[Sen. 4: Cover R ***]

3 Check the status of the cover switch (when front cover is physically close.)
- [Check 1: Test]-[Test 4: Sensor]-[Sen. 3: Cover L ***]/[Sen. 4: Cover R ***]

4.7.1 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)_check 288


4.7 Cover switch adjustment (front cover) XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
3 Check the status of the cover switch (when front cover

1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.


is physically close.)
- Close the front cover.
=> 5.1.2 Turning on the printer
- Check the cover status on the panel.

2 Check the status of the cover switch (when front cover - [Check 1: Test]-[Test 4: Sensor]-[Sen. 3: Cover L ***]/

is physically open.) [Sen. 4: Cover R ***]

- Open the front cover. => 5.6.4 Test 4: Sensor

- Check the cover status on the panel.


- [Check 1: Test]-[Test 4: Sensor]-[Sen. 3: Cover L ***]/
[Sen. 4: Cover R ***]
• [Sen. 3: Cover close]
=> 5.6.4 Test 4: Sensor : go to next step.
• [Sen. 3: Cover open]
: Adjust
=> 4.7.2 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)_adjust

• [Sen. 3:Cover open]


: go to next step.
• [Sen. 3:Cover close]
: Check front cover switch.
=> 3.3.7 Front cover switch (left side) Panel shows "close" when both left and right cover
=> 3.3.8 Front cover switch (right side) switches are ON.

Section top
=> 4.7 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)

4.7.1 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)_check 289


4.7 Cover switch adjustment (front cover) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.7.2 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)_adjust Procedure

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference 2 Select the menu.


Phillips Screwdriver No.2 - - [Check 1: Test]-[Test 4: Sensor]-[Sen. 3: Cover L ***]/[Sen. 4: Cover R ***]

3 Loosen screw(s).
- Binding Head Screw_M3x5_ Ni-3bk (x4)

4 Adjust the position of flag plate.

5 Tighten screw(s).
- Binding Head Screw_M3x5_ Ni-3bk (x4)

6 Check the status of the cover switch

4.7.2 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)_adjust 290


4.7 Cover switch adjustment (front cover) XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
4 Adjust the position of flag plate.

1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.


- Move the flag plate until cover switch is ON.
- Do the same in the other side.
=> 5.1.2 Turning on the printer
- Check if panel shows “close.”

2 Select the menu. A: flag plate (right)


- [Check 1:Test]-[Test 4:Sensor]-[Sen. 3:Cover ***] B: front cover switch (right)
=> 5.6.4 Test 4: Sensor C: flag plate (left)
D: front cover switch (left)
3 Loosen screw(s).

A: binding head screw_M3x5_Ni-3bk (x4)


B: front cover Panel shows "close" when both left and right cover
C: flag plate (right) switches are ON.
D: flag plate (left)

5 Tighten screw(s).

A: binding head screw_M3x5_Ni-3bk (x4)


B: front cover
C: flag plate (right)
D: flag plate (left)

6 Check the status of the cover switch.


=> 4.7.1 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)_check

4.7.2 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)_adjust 291


4.7 Cover switch adjustment (front cover) XPJ661UFE-M-01

Section top
=> 4.7 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)

4.7.2 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)_adjust 292


4.8 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.8 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance


Cover)
Adjust the position of the maintenance cover.
- Repeat check and the adjustment until result is OK.

A: Maintenance Cover
B: Maintenance Cover Switch (Left-Side)
C: Flag Plate (Left-Side)
D: Maintenance Cover Switch (Right-Side)
E: Flag Plate (Right-Side)

Chapter TOC
=> 4 Adjustment

4.7.2 Cover switch adjustment (front cover)_adjust 293


4.8 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.8.1 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover)_check Procedure

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


2 Select the menu.

Phillips Screwdriver No.2 - - [Check 1:Test]-[Test 4:Sensor]-[Sen. 5:M.Cover L] / [Sen. 6:M.Cover R]

3 Check the status of the cover switch (when maintenance cover is physically close.)
- [Check 1:Test]-[Test 4:Sensor]-[Sen. 5:M.Cover L] / [Sen. 6:M.Cover R]

4.8.1 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover)_check 294


4.8 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover) XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
3 Check the status of the cover switch (when

1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.


maintenance cover is physically close.)
- Close the maintenance cover.
=> 5.1.2 Turning on the printer
- Check the cover status on the panel.

2 Check the status of the cover switch (when - [Check 1: Test]-[Test 4: Sensor]-[Sen. 3: Cover L ***]/

maintenance cover is physically open.) [Sen. 4: Cover R ***]

- Open the maintenance cover. => 5.6.4 Test 4: Sensor

- Check the cover status on the panel.


- [Check 1: Test]-[Test 4: Sensor]-[Sen. 3: Cover L ***]/
[Sen. 4: Cover R ***]
• [Sen. 3: Cover close]
=> 5.6.4 Test 4: Sensor : go to next step.
• [Sen. 3: Cover open]
: Adjust
=> 4.8.2 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance
Cover)_adjust
• [Sen. 3:Cover open]
: go to next step.
• [Sen. 3:Cover close]
: Check maintenance cover switch.
=> 3.3.9 Maintenance Cover Switch (left-side)
=> 3.3.10 Maintenance Cover Switch (right-side) Panel shows "close" when both left and right cover
switches are ON.

Section top
=> 4.8 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover)

4.8.1 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover)_check 295


4.8 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.8.2 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover)_adjust Procedure

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference 2 Select the menu.


- hex wrench (2.5mm) - - [Check 1: Test]-[Test 4: Sensor]-[Sen. 3: Cover L ***]/[Sen. 4: Cover R ***]

3 Loosen screw(s).
- hex socket screw with split washer_M3x6 (x2)

4 Adjust the position of flag plate.

5 Tighten screw(s).
- hex socket screw with split washer_M3x6 (x2)

6 Check the status of the cover switch

4.8.2 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover)_adjust 296


4.8 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover) XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
4 Adjust the position of maintenance cover switch.

1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.


- Move the maintenance cover switch until switch is
ON.
=> 5.1.2 Turning on the printer
- Do the same in the other side.

2 Select the menu. - Check if panel shows “close.”

- [Check 1: Test]-[Test 4: Sensor]-[Sen. 3: Cover L ***]/[Sen. 4: Cover R ***] A: maintenance cover switch (right)
=> 5.6.4 Test 4: Sensor B: maintenance cover switch (left)

3 Loosen screw(s).

A: hex socket screw with split washer_M3x6 (x2) Panel shows "close" when both left and right cover
B: maintenance cover unit switch (right) switches are ON.
C: maintenance cover unit switch (left)

5 Tighten screw(s).

A: hex socket screw with split washer_M3x6 (x2)


B: maintenance cover unit switch (right)
C: maintenance cover unit switch (left)

6 Check the status of the cover switch.


=> 4.8.1 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover)_check

4.8.2 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover)_adjust 297


4.8 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover) XPJ661UFE-M-01

Section top
=> 4.8 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover)

4.8.2 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover)_adjust 298


4.9 Tension Adjustment (CR Belt) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.9 Tension Adjustment (CR Belt)


Adjust the tension of CR belt.
=> 4.9.1 Tension adjustment (CR Belt)_adjust

A: CR belt
B: adjustment screw
C: return pulley base

Chapter TOC
=> 4 Adjustment

4.8.2 Cover Switch Adjustment (Maintenance Cover)_adjust 299


4.9 Tension Adjustment (CR Belt) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.9.1 Tension adjustment (CR Belt)_adjust Procedure

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s) 1 Remove cover(s).

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference - Side cover R

Phillips Screwdriver No.2 - 2 Move the carriage.


Thread Locker 3 Adjust the tension of CR belt.
- Round Head Small Screw_M4x30(x1)

4 Apply the screw lock.

5 Move the carriage.

6 Reassemble cover(s).
- Side cover R

4.9.1 Tension adjustment (CR Belt)_adjust 300


4.9 Tension Adjustment (CR Belt) XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
5 Move the carriage.

1 Remove cover(s).
- Cap-in
=> 3.6.2 Manual release of carriage lock
- Side cover R
=> 3.2.3 Side cover R
6 Reassemble cover(s).

2 Move the carriage.


- Side cover R
=> 3.2.3 Side cover R
=> 3.6.2 Manual release of carriage lock

3 Adjust the tension of CR belt.


- Tighten adjustment screw until left edge of alignment Section top
pin meets the center of the scale. => 4.9 Tension Adjustment (CR Belt)

A: adjustment screw - round head small screw_M4x30(x1)


B: alignment pin
C: return pulley base
D: scale

Left edge of the pin must meet the center of the scale.

4 Appl thread locker.

A: adjustment screw - round head small screw_M4x30(x1)

4.9.1 Tension adjustment (CR Belt)_adjust 301


4.10 Position adjustment (PF motor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.10 Position adjustment (PF motor)


Adjust the mounting position of PF motor.
=> 4.10.1 Position adjustment (PF motor)_adjust

A: PF deceleration belt
B: motor spacer
C: PF motor

Chapter TOC
=> 4 Adjustment

4.9.1 Tension adjustment (CR Belt)_adjust 302


4.10 Position adjustment (PF motor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.10.1 Position adjustment (PF motor)_adjust Procedure

1 Remove the cover(s).


Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)
- Rear Cover
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference
2 Loosen the screw(s).
Phillips Screwdriver No.2 -
- Round Head Screw with Split Washer_M4x10 (x2)
Tension Gauge -
3 Adjust the tension of PF belt.

4 Tighten the screw(s).


- Round Head Screw with Split Washer_M4x10 (x2)

5 Reassemble cover(s).
- Rear Cover

4.10.1 Position adjustment (PF motor)_adjust 303


4.10 Position adjustment (PF motor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
4 Tighten screw(s).

1 Remove cover(s). A: round head screw with split washer (polished)_M4x10


(x2)
- rear cover
B: PF deceleration belt
=> 3.2.6 Rear Cover
C : motor spacer
D: PF motor
2 Loosen screw(s).

A: round head screw with split washer (polished)_M4x10


(x2) 5 Reassemble cover(s).

B: PF deceleration belt - rear cover


C : motor spacer => 3.2.6 Rear Cover
D: PF motor

3 Adjust the tension of PF deceleration belt. Section top


- Attach the tension gauge in motor spacer. => 4.10 Position adjustment (PF motor)

- Pull the tension gauge horizontally so as to match the


set value.

A: PF deceleration belt
B: motor spacer
C: PF motor

Set value for PF deceleration belt:


212gf ± 21gf (21N± 2N)

4.10.1 Position adjustment (PF motor)_adjust 304


4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor)


Adjust the mounting position of laser sensor.
- Repeat check and the adjustment until result is OK.

=> 4.11.1 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_jig mount/


remove
=> 4.11.2 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_check
=> 4.11.3 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_adjust

A: laser sensor (right)


B: laser sensor (left)

Precautions when handling the laser sensor


• Do not look directly into the laser light.
• Do not look directly into the laser light with optical instruments.
May cause eye damage.

Chapter TOC
=> 4 Adjustment

4.10.1 Position adjustment (PF motor)_adjust 305


4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.11.1 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_jig mount/remove

A: laser sensor adjustment jig


B: laser sensor (right) Below listed are laser sensor adjustment jig and other
components.
C: laser sensor (left)
A: laser sensor adjustment jig
B: block gauge [0.5mm]
C: block gauge [1.0mm]

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)

Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference


DH-40047 Laser Sensor Adjustment Jig

4.11.1 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_jig mount/remove 306


4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure Procedure (Details)

1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.


1 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.
2 Lower the table.
=> 5.1.2 Turning on the printer
3 Mount the jig.

4 Fix the jig. 2 Lower the table.

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the parts. - [Check 3: Adjustment]

This process is for mechanism initialization.

3 Mount laser sensor adjustment jig.

A: laser sensor adjustment jig


B: laser sensor (right)
C: laser sensor (left)

4.11.1 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_jig mount/remove 307


4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4 Mount and fix the laser sensor adjustment jig


- Turn lever to fix.

A: fix lever
B: Mount and fix the laser sensor adjustment jig (left)

5 Reverse the above procedure to reinstall the part(s).

Section top
=> 4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor)

4.11.1 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_jig mount/remove 308


4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.11.2 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_check Procedure

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)


1 Adjust the body level horizontally.

2 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.


Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference
DH-40047 Laser Sensor Adjustment Jig 3 Check the mounting position of the laser sensor.

4 Mount the laser sensor adjustment jig.

5 Check position of the sensor with the block gauge [0.5mm] (left)

6 Check position of the sensor with the block gauge [1.0mm] (left)

7 If result is okay, remove the jig.

4.11.2 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_check 309


4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
5 Check position of the sensor (left) with the block gauge

1 Adjust the body level horizontally.


[0.5mm]
- Attach adjustment plate [0.5mm] to the jig.
=> Startup guide
- Check LED status of the laser sensor (left).

2 Start in Self-diagnosis mode. A: laser sensor adjustment jig (left)


=> 5.2.2 Turning on the printer B: block gauge [0.5mm] (left)
C: laser sensor (left)
3 Check the mounting position of the laser sensor.
- Check if the laser is in the hole on the laser sensor
(left side).
B and C must be in contact.
A: laser sensor (left)
B: sensor slit (left)
C: hole of laser sensor (left)

• LED (green) lights on /LED (orange) lights off


: Proceed to step 6.
• The laser light hits the hole of laser sensor (left). • Otherwise
: Proceed to step 4. : Proceed to adjustment.
=> 4.11.3 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_adjust
• Otherwise
: Proceed to adjustment.
=> 4.11.3 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_adjust

LED (green) lights on /LED (orange) lights off


4 Mount and fix the laser sensor adjustment jig.
: Good reception
=> 4.11.1 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_jig mount/remove

4.11.2 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_check 310


4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

6 Check position of the sensor (left) with the block gauge


[1.0mm]
Section top
- Attach adjustment plate [1.0mm] to the jig. => 4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor)
- Check LED status of the laser sensor (left).

A: laser sensor adjustment jig (left)


B: block gauge [1.0mm] (left)
C: laser sensor (left)

B and C must be in contact.

• LED (green) lights on /LED (orange) lights on


: Proceed to step 7.
• Otherwise
: Proceed to adjustment.
=> 4.11.3 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_adjust

LED (green) lights on / LED (orange) lights on


: reception is blocked.

7 If result is okay, remove the laser sensor adjustment jig.


=> 4.11.1 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_jig mount/remove

4.11.2 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_check 311


4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

4.11.3 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_adjust

Tools, Jigs, and Maintenance Part(s)


The adjustment method of the laser sensor (left) is as
Mainte. Part(s) No. Name Reference shown in the figure.
DH-40047 Laser Sensor Adjustment Jig Assy -
DH-40339 DH-40339 - • When adjusting back and forth
- Loosen screw(s).
- hex wrench (2.5mm) - - Adjust the position of the sensor (left)
- flathead screwdriver (precision) -
A: laser sensor (left)
B: hex socket screw with split washer (polished)_M3x16 Ni-
3 (x2)

• When adjusting the height


Below jig is referred hereby to as “adjustment screwdriver” - Loosen screw(s).
- Use adjustment screwdriver.
DH-40339: Eccentric Adjustment Jig(6-3)
A: laser sensor (left)
C: hex socket screw with split washer (polished)_M3x6 Ni-
3 (x2)

D: hole for adjustment screwdriver.

4.11.3 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_adjust 312


4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure

1 Adjust the body level horizontally.

The adjustment method of the laser sensor (right) is as 2 Start in Self-diagnosis mode.
shown in the figure.
• When adjusting back and forth
3 Set sensitivity volume of the laser sensor to MIN.
- Loosen screw(s). 4 Adjust the position of the laser sensor.
- Adjust the position of the sensor (right)
- hex socket screw with split washer (polished)_M3x16 Ni-3 (x2)
A: laser sensor (right)
B: hex socket screw with split washer (polished)_M3x16 Ni- 5 Mount the laser sensor adjustment jig.
3 (x2) 6 Check position of the sensor with the block gauge [0.5mm] (right)
• When adjusting the height
- Loosen screw(s). 7 Check position of the sensor with the block gauge [0.5mm] (left)
- Use adjustment screwdriver. 8 Check position of the sensor with the block gauge [1.0mm] (right)
A: laser sensor (right) 9 Check position of the sensor with the block gauge [1.0mm] (left)
C: hex socket screw with split washer (polished)_M3x6 Ni-
3 (x2) 10 Check the result.
D: hole for adjustment screwdriver.
11 Adjust the sensitivity volume of the laser sensor.
• When adjusting the slant 12 Check the result.o
- Loosen screw(s).
- Use adjustment screwdriver. 13 If result is okay, remove the jig.
A: laser sensor (right)
E: hex socket screw with split washer (polished)_M3x6 Ni-
3 (x2)
F: hole for adjustment screwdriver.

4.11.3 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_adjust 313


4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

Procedure (Details)
4 Check the laser sensors position

1 Adjust the body level horizontally.


- Loosen screw(s). (right x2 / left x2)
- Adjust the position (back and forth) so that the laser
=> Startup guide
beam hits the sensor hole (left)

2 Start in Self-diagnosis mode. - Adjust the position (back and forth) so that the LED

=> 5.2.2 Turning on the printer (green) lights of the sensor (left) is on.
- Tighten screw(s). (right x2 / left x2)
3 Set sensitivity volume of the laser sensor to MIN.
A: hex socket screw with split washer (polished)_ M3x16
- Set sensitivity volume of the laser sensor (left) to MIN. Ni-3 (x4)
B: laser sensor (right)
A: laser sensor (left)
C: sensor slit (right)
B: sensitivity volume
D: laser sensor (left)
E: sensor slit (left)
F: hole of laser sensor (left)

If LED (green) does not turn on after the adjustment,


raise sensitivity volume, then repeat the adjustment
procedure again.

5 Mount the laser sensor adjustment jig.


=> 4.11.1 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_jig mount/remove

continue

4.11.3 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_adjust 314


4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

6 Check position of the sensor with the block gauge [How to adjust]
- Adjust the position up/down until LED (green) of the laser
[0.5mm] (right) sensor (left) is ON.

A: laser sensor adjustment jig (right) - Loosen screw(s).


B: block gauge [0.5mm](right) - Adjust the position up/down with adjustment
C: laser sensor (left) screwdriver.
D: LED (green) - Tighten screw(s).

E: LED (orange)
F: hex socket screw with split washer_M3x6 Ni-3 (x2)
G: laser sensor (right)
• Check the position again after adjustment.
H: hole for adjustment screwdriver • If LED (green) of the laser sensor (left) would not turn ON
I: adjustment screwdriver after position of the sensor (right) was adjusted,adjust the
position of sensor (left).(step 7)
[How to ckeck]
• Remove block gauge [0.5mm].
- Attach the block gauge [0.5mm] in the adjustment jig.
- Check LED status in the laser sensor (left).

continue

• LED (green) lights on /LED (orange) lights off


: No adjustment needed.
Remove block gauge [0.5mm]
• Otherwise
: Proceed to adjustment.

4.11.3 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_adjust 315


4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

7 Check position of the sensor with the block gauge [How to adjust]
- Adjust the position up/down until LED (green) of the laser
[0.5mm] (left) sensor (left) is ON.

A: laser sensor adjustment jig (left) - Loosen screw(s).


B: block gauge [0.5mm](left) - Adjust the position up/down with adjustment
C: laser sensor (left) screwdriver.
D: LED (green) - Tighten screw(s).

E: LED (orange)
F: hex socket screw with split washer_M3x6 Ni-3 (x2)
G: hole for adjustment screwdriver
• Check the position again after adjustment.
H: adjustment screwdriver • If LED (green) of the laser sensor (left) would not turn ON
[How to ckeck] after position of the sensor (left) was adjusted, adjust the
- Attach the block gauge [0.5mm] in the adjustment jig. position of sensor (right) (step 6)
- Check LED status in the laser sensor (left). • Remove block gauge [0.5mm].

continue

• LED (green) lights on /LED (orange) lights off


: No adjustment needed.
Remove block gauge [0.5mm].
• Otherwise
: Proceed to adjustment.

4.11.3 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_adjust 316


4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

8 Check position of the sensor with the block gauge [How to adjust]
- Adjust the position up/down until borh LED (green /
[1.0mm] (right) orange) of the laser sensor (left) are ON.

A: laser sensor adjustment jig (right) - Loosen screw(s).


B: block gauge [1.0mm](right) - Adjust the position up/down with adjustment
C: laser sensor (left) screwdriver.
D: LED (green) - Tighten screw(s).

E: LED (orange)
F: hex socket screw with split washer_M3x6 Ni-3 (x2)
G: laser sensor (right)
• Check the position again after adjustment.
H: hole for adjustment screwdriver • If both LED (green / orange) of the laser sensor (left)
I: adjustment screwdriver would not turn ON after position of the sensor (right) was
adjusted, adjust the position of sensor (left). (step 9)
[How to ckeck]
• Remove block gauge [1.0mm].
- Attach the block gauge [1.0mm] in the adjustment jig.
- Check LED status in the laser sensor (left).

continue

• Both LED (green / orange) light on


: No adjustment needed.
Remove block gauge [1.0mm].
• Otherwise
: Proceed to adjustment.

4.11.3 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_adjust 317


4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

9 Check position of the sensor with the block gauge [How to adjust]
- Adjust the position up/down until borh LED (green /
[1.0mm] (left) orange) of the laser sensor (left) are ON.

A: laser sensor adjustment jig (left) - Loosen screw(s).


B: block gauge [1.0mm](left) - Adjust the position up/down with adjustment
C: laser sensor (left) screwdriver.
D: LED (green) - Tighten screw(s).

E: LED (orange)
F: hex socket screw with split washer_M3x6 Ni-3 (x2)
G: hole for adjustment screwdriver
• Check the position again after adjustment.
H: adjustment screwdriver • If LED (green) of the laser sensor (left) would not turn ON
[How to ckeck] after position of the sensor (left) was adjusted, adjust the
- Attach the block gauge [1.0mm] in the adjustment jig. position of sensor (right). (step 8)
- Check LED status in the laser sensor (left). • Remove block gauge [1.0mm].

10 Check the result.


• Both LED (green / orange) light on
: No adjustment needed. => 4.11.2 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_check
Remove block gauge [1.0mm].
• Otherwise 11 Adjust the sensitivity volume of sensor.
: Proceed to adjustment.
- Raise the sensitivity volume of sensor (left) to MAX.
- Lower the sensitivity volume of sensor (left) to
horizontal position. (see lower right)

A: laser sensor (left)


B: sensitivity volume

continue

4.11.3 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_adjust 318


4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor) XPJ661UFE-M-01

12 Check the result.


=> 4.11.2 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_check

13 If result is good, remove laser sensor adjustment jig.


=> 4.11.1 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_jig mount/remove

Section top
=> 4.11 Position Adjustment (Laser Sensor)

4.11.3 Position adjustment (laser sensor)_adjust 319


XPJ661UFE-M-01

5 Self-Diagnosis Function 5.7.3 Test 3: Panel........................................................... 335

Panel 1: Key ................................................................... 336


5.1 Outline ................................................................................324
Panel 2: LCD .................................................................. 337
5.2 Key Operation ....................................................................325
Panel 3: LED ................................................................... 338
5.2.1 Turning on the main power...................................... 325
5.7.4 Test 4: Sensor ........................................................ 339
5.2.2 Turning on the printer .............................................. 325
Sensor 13: Wiper Solenoid Check .................................. 340
5.2.3 Turning off the printer .............................................. 325
Sensor 14: LED Pointer Check ....................................... 341
5.2.4 Panel Key ................................................................ 325
5.7.5 Test 5: Encoder ...................................................... 342
5.3 Media Loading Status Switching .....................................326
5.7.6 Test 6: Fan.............................................................. 343
5.3.1 Key Operation Restriction........................................ 326
5.7.7 Test 7: History......................................................... 344
5.3.2 Key Operation and Function.................................... 326
History 1: Maintenance History ....................................... 346
5.3.3 Obstacle Detection .................................................. 326 History 2: System Error ................................................... 348

5.3.4 Media Automatic Ejection ........................................ 326 History 3: Error Initialization ............................................ 349

5.4 Reset Waste Ink Counter ..................................................327 History 4: Print Information ............................................. 350

5.5 Error Message Display......................................................328 History 5: Operation Time ............................................... 363

5.6 Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1...........................329 History 6: S/C Log ........................................................... 364

5.7 Check 1: Test .....................................................................331 History 7: S/C Log Initialization ....................................... 365

History 8: Power Off ........................................................ 366


5.7.1 Test 1: RAM Capacity.............................................. 333
History 9: Ink Conversion Log ......................................... 367
5.7.2 Test 2: Version ........................................................ 334

320
XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.8 Test 8: Head Waveform........................................... 368 Media Loading Position .................................................. 391

5.7.9 Test 9: Time Check ................................................. 369 5.9.5 Adjustment 5: LED Pointer ..................................... 392

5.8 Check 2: Ink Charge ..........................................................370 5.9.6 Adjustment 6: Test Printing..................................... 393

5.9 Check 3: Adjustment.........................................................371 5.9.7 Adjustment 7: Longstore......................................... 394

5.9.1 Adjustment 1: Head Nozzle Check.......................... 373 5.9.8 Adjustment 8: Software Counter Initialization ......... 395

5.9.2 Adjustment 2: Head Slant Check............................. 375 5.9.9 Adjustment 9: Send Pitch Check ............................ 396

Head Slant: Head Slant 1 ................................................376 5.9.10 Adjustment 10: Fill Pattern Check .......................... 397

Head Slant: Head Slant 2 ................................................378 5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge................................. 398

5.9.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment ............... 379 5.10 Check 4: Cleaning............................................................. 399

Print (Print 1, Print 2, Print 3) ..........................................381 5.11 Check 5: Print.................................................................... 400


Setup (UniD) ....................................................................382 5.11.1 Print 1: Adjustment ALL .......................................... 401
Setup (BiD) ......................................................................383
5.11.2 Print 2: Parameter ALL ........................................... 402
Setup (BiD ALL) ..............................................................384
5.11.3 Print 3: Error history................................................ 403
Print Pattern (Print) ..........................................................385
5.11.4 Print 4: S/C Log ...................................................... 404
Print Patten (Print 1) ........................................................386
5.11.5 Print 5: Life Information........................................... 405
Print Pattern (Print 2) .......................................................387
5.12 Check 6: Parameter .......................................................... 406
Print Pattern (Print 3) .......................................................388
5.12.1 Parameter 1: Initialization ....................................... 407
5.9.4 Adjustment 4: Margin Adjustment............................ 389
Init. 1: Uni/BiLow ............................................................. 408
Margin Adjustment Pattern ..............................................390

321
XPJ661UFE-M-01

Init. 3: Servo ....................................................................409 5.14.2 Endurance 2: PF Motor........................................... 435

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update ............................................... 410 5.14.3 Endurance 3: PG Motor .......................................... 436

Update 1: Uni/BiLow ........................................................411 5.14.4 Endurance 4: Pump ................................................ 437


Update 2: Margin Parameter ...........................................414 5.14.5 Endurance 5: Circulation Pump .............................. 438
Update 3: LED Pointer ....................................................415
5.14.6 Endurance 6: Head Lock ........................................ 439
Update 4: Charge Flag ....................................................416
5.14.7 Endurance 7: Wiper ................................................ 440
Update 5: Debug Bit ........................................................418
5.14.8 Endurance 8: General Endurance .......................... 441
Update 6: Dot Control ......................................................419
5.14.9 Endurance 9: Endurance Check............................. 442
Update 7: Ink Type ..........................................................420
5.15 Media Feed ........................................................................ 443
Update 8: Ink Configuration .............................................421
5.15.1 Check 9: Media Feed.............................................. 443
Update 9: Periodic CL .....................................................422
5.16 Media Initialization............................................................ 444
Update 10: Table U/D ......................................................423

Update 11: Uni/Bi Pattern ................................................424 5.16.1 Check 10: Media Initialization ................................. 444

Update 12: UV Lamp .......................................................426 5.17 Check 12: UV Lamp ON/OFF Check................................ 445

Update 13: UV System ....................................................429 5.17.1 Check 12: UV Lamp ON/OFF Check...................... 445

Update 14: Lift Speed ......................................................430 5.18 Vacuum Fan ...................................................................... 446

5.13 Check 7: Servo...................................................................431 5.18.1 Check 14: Vacuum Fan .......................................... 446

5.14 Check 8: Endurance ..........................................................433 5.19 Table Height ...................................................................... 447

5.14.1 Endurance 1: CR Motor........................................... 434 5.19.1 Check 15: Table Height .......................................... 447

322
XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.20 Check 16: Head Replace ...................................................448 5.25.4 A-4. BiD / Print2 ...................................................... 458

5.20.1 Check 16: Head Replace......................................... 448 BiD Print 2 Print Pattern - Printing Method ..................... 459

5.21 Packing...............................................................................449

5.21.1 Check 17: For Packing ............................................ 449

5.22 Adjustment print setting ...................................................450

5.22.1 Setting Values for Adjustment Printing .................... 450

5.23 Parameter Initial Values ....................................................451

5.23.1 Parameter Initial Values 1 ....................................... 451

5.23.2 Parameter Initial Values 2 ....................................... 451

5.24 Required Media Size..........................................................452

5.24.1 Check : Adjustment ................................................. 452

5.24.2 Check : Adjustment : Print, Check : Print ................ 452

5.25 Appendix A. Uni/Bi Type B Print Pattern.........................453

5.25.1 A-1. Print Pattern by Ink Configuration .................... 453

Print pattern example: UniD Low 320 VSD3 ...................454

5.25.2 A-2. UniD / Print....................................................... 455

5.25.3 A-3. BiD / Print1....................................................... 456

BiD Print 1 Print Pattern - Printing Method ......................457

323
5.1 Outline XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.1 Outline
This specification describes the self-diagnosis function on XPJ-661UF.
The self-diagnosis function mainly aims to perform mechanical adjustment and parameter
determination.
It is included in the printer firmware, and can be activated by tapping designated keys on the
touch panel.
The supported F/W versions for this specification:

Model Name F/W Version


XPJ-661UF V.1.00

324
5.2 Key Operation XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.2 Key Operation 5.2.3 Turning off the printer


To exit the self-diagnosis mode,
5.2.1 Turning on the main power
Step 1. Press the Power button.
Turn on the main power of the printer as follows:
Step 2. When the message “Power Off” appears on the panel, release the button.
Step 1. Connect the AC power cord to the printer.
*If the main power is still ON (the printer’s power cord is plugged in) after shutdown, the power
Step 2. Plug the power cord into the wall outlet LED lights up.

*In the main power ON state, the power LED on the panel lights up.
5.2.4 Panel Key
The function of panel keys varies between user mode and self-diagnosis mode as shown in
the table below.

5.2.2 Turning on the printer


Follow the steps below to start the printer in self-diagnosis mode.

Step 1. Touch the power key and hold.

Step 2. While holding the power key, wait until LED on the panel turns on, then touch [ ]+
[>] + [ ] keys. =>Outline
Step 3. Release power key.

Step 4. When the Test menu appears on the panel, release [ ] + [>] + [ ] keys.

5.2.1 Turning on the main power 325


5.3 Media Loading Status Switching XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.3 Media Loading Status Switching 5.3.4 Media Automatic Ejection


Since XPJ-661UF does not automatically detect media loaded on the table, use the Home In User Mode, the printing always starts from the origin position, but in Self-Diagnosis Mode,
key to switch the media loading status (Ready/ No media). the next printing will continue from the point where the previous printing was finished. When
the table moving distance reaches the media length specified in Media Initialization (=> Media
Initialization), the printing will be canceled.
5.3.1 Key Operation Restriction Once canceled, the printing was canceled, the printer will automatically perform media
ejecting processing and then the status will be switched to “No media”.
Key operation is not available during mechanical initialization.
Once the mechanical initialization is complete, the key operation is available under the
following menu:

• Top menu in Self-Diagnosis Mode


• Adjustment Menu Chapter TOC=>Self-Diagnosis Function
• Test Printing Menu

5.3.2 Key Operation and Function


When the printer is powered on, the media loading status is set to “No media”.
Then the status can be switched between “Ready to Print” and “No media” by tapping the
Home key.

In the “Ready to Print” state, the message “Print Ready” appears in the 2nd line of the screen.

Switch the status by tapping the Home key

5.3.3 Obstacle Detection


When the Home key is tapped in “No media” status, the printer will perform obstacle detection
on the table.
If any obstacle is detected, the table will stop at the detected point and then the red Status
LED turns on.
If it happens;

1. Tap the Home key.


2. The printer performs media ejecting process and the Status LED turns off.
3. Remove the obstacle or adjust the table height.
4. Load the media again and tap the Home key
5. The printer performs obstacle detection again.
6. If no obstacle is detected, the status will be switched to “Ready to Print”.

5.3.1 Key Operation Restriction 326


5.4 Reset Waste Ink Counter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.4 Reset Waste Ink Counter


When the waste ink collected from the printer reaches the upper limit of the waste ink tank,
the message
“WasteInkTank Full” will be displayed on the panel and the printer will stop operating to
prevent overflowing.
To resume the printer, empty the tank and then tap the Enter key to reset the waste ink
counter.

Empty the tank before tapping the Enter key. Even if the waste ink still remains in the
tank, the counter can be reset once you tap the key.

Chapter TOC=>Self-Diagnosis Function

5.3.4 Media Automatic Ejection 327


5.5 Error Message Display XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.5 Error Message Display


Following error messages will appear on the panel when any of such error occurs during ink
sequences (ink charging, discharging, cleaning or longstore) or pattern printing.

Chapter TOC=>Self-Diagnosis Function

5.3.4 Media Automatic Ejection 328


5.6 Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1 XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.6 Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1 Hierarchy #1 Hierarchy #2

Check 8: Endurance Endurance 1: CR Motor


Hierarchy #1 Hierarchy #2 Endurance 2: PF Motor
Endurance 4: Pump
Check 1: Test Test 1: RAM Capacity
Endurance 5: Circulation Pump
Test 2: Version
Endurance 6: Head Lock
Test 3: Panel
Endurance 7: Wiper
Test 4: Sensor
Endurance 8: General Endurance
Test 5: Encoder
Endurance 9: Endurance Check
Test 6: Fan
Test 7: History Media Feed
Test 8: Head Waveform
Test 9: Time Check Media Initialization

Check 2: Ink Charge Check 12: UV Lamp ON/OFF Check

Check 3: Adjustment Adjustment 1: Head Nozzle Vacuum Fan


Check
Table Height
Adjustment 2: Head Slant Check
Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Check 16: Head Replace
Adjustment
Adjustment 4: Margin Appendix A. Uni/Bi Type B Print Pattern
Adjustment
Adjustment 5: LED Pointer
Adjustment 6: Test Printing
Adjustment 7: Longstore
Adjustment 8: Software Counter
Initialization
Adjustment 9: Send Pitch Check
Adjustment 10: Fill Pattern
Check
Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge

Check 4: Cleaning

Check 5: Print Print 1: Adjustment ALL


Print 2: Parameter ALL
Print 3: Error history
Print 4: S/C Log
Print 5: Life Information

Check 6: Parameter Parameter 1: Initialization


Parameter 2: Update

Check 7: Servo

5.3.4 Media Automatic Ejection 329


5.6 Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1 XPJ661UFE-M-01

=>Self-Diagnosis Function

5.3.4 Media Automatic Ejection 330


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7 Check 1: Test Hierarchy #2 Hierarchy #3 Hierarchy #4 Hierarchy #5

Test 7: History History 1: Shot Count : Enter


Run the main board Test to check through the following items.
Maintenance History

Hierarchy #2 Hierarchy #3 Hierarchy #4 Hierarchy #5 History 2: System Error

Test 1: RAM Capacity History 3: Error Initialization

Test 2: Version History 4: Print Print 1: Number of Prints


Information
Test 3: Panel Print 2: Printed Area

Test 4: Sensor Sensor 13: Wiper Solenoid Check Print 3: Effect

Sensor 14: LED Pointer Check Print 4: Ink Type

Test 5: Encoder Print 5: Table Height


Test 6: Fan Print 6: Data Width

Print 7: Data Length

Print 8: Rotaty Unit Rotary 1: Number of Prints


by Print Mode

Rotary 2: Printed Area by


Print Mode

Rotary 3: Number of Pages


Printed per Media Diameter

Rotary 4: Printed Area per


Media Diameter

History 5: Operation Time

History 6: S/C Log

History 7: S/C Log Initialization

History 8: Power Off

History 9: Ink Conversion Log

Test 8: Head Waveform

Test 9: Time Check

5.3.4 Media Automatic Ejection 331


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

=>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1

5.3.4 Media Automatic Ejection 332


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.1 Test 1: RAM Capacity


Check the RAM capacity on the main board.

=>Check 1: Test

5.7.1 Test 1: RAM Capacity 333


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.2 Test 2: Version


Displays the version of firmware (program, backup parameter), setting of dip switches (ON:
0, OFF: 1, Switch No 1: LSB, 2: MSB), revision of main board, company code, and serial
number.
The version of firmware (program, backup parameter) is displayed in [XX.XX] form, the
revision of main board is displayed in [XX] form, and the setting of dip switches and the
company code are displayed in two-digit number in hexadecimal notation.

=>Check 1: Test

5.7.2 Test 2: Version 334


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.3 Test 3: Panel


Test the keys, OLED display, and LED lights on the touch panel to make sure it works
properly.

=>Check 1: Test

5.7.3 Test 3: Panel 335


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.3.1 Panel 1: Key


The name of the key tapped is displayed on the panel. To exit the panel key check, tap
[Cancel] twice.

=>Test 3: Panel

5.7.3 Test 3: Panel 336


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.3.2 Panel 2: LCD


The LED lights turn on sequentially, and the name of LED being lighted is displayed on the
OLED screen.

=>Test 3: Panel

5.7.3 Test 3: Panel 337


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.3.3 Panel 3: LED


The display test (LCD check) lights up the relevant pixels on the OLED according to the menu
selected.

=>Test 3: Panel

5.7.3 Test 3: Panel 338


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.4 Test 4: Sensor If more than one covers are opened, the printer detects the cover open for a cover that has
higher priority as shown below.
Check the Wiper solenoid and LED pointer.
Displays the sensor status of the CR origin, PF origin, PG origin, PG limit, cover L and R, When a user opens Front Cover L, Maintenance Cover R, or Maintenance Cover L while
maintenance cover L and R, table up/down handle cover, head thermistor, head transistor Front Cover R is opened, the printer detects that Front Cover R is opened.
thermistors 1 and 2, ink cartridge insertion (6 slots), ink end (6 slots), ink ID reading (6 slots),
and optional vacuum table.
Check the Wiper solenoid and LED pointer.

=>Check 1: Test

"Sen.15: PG Origin" is displayed on the menu only when Table U/D is set to Auto.
See =>Update 10: Table U/D for details.
Tap [Enter] on “Wiper Solenoid Check” and “LED Pointer” to go to its submenu.
Tap [Enter] or [Cancel] on the other menus to go back to “Board Check Menu”.

5.7.4 Test 4: Sensor 339


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.4.1 Sensor 13: Wiper Solenoid Check


Test the wiper solenoid to make sure it moves up or down properly.

=>Test 4: Sensor

5.7.4 Test 4: Sensor 340


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.4.2 Sensor 14: LED Pointer Check


Test the LED pointer to make sure it turns on or off properly.

=>Test 4: Sensor

5.7.4 Test 4: Sensor 341


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.5 Test 5: Encoder


Displays encoder values of CR (Carriage) and PF (Media feed).

=>Check 1: Test

5.7.5 Test 5: Encoder 342


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.6 Test 6: Fan


Test the on/off function of the fans on the printer to make sure it works properly.
Vacuum fanTurn On
Cooling fanTurn Off
Mist fanTurn On

=>Check 1: Test

5.7.6 Test 6: Fan 343


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7 Test 7: History Hierarchy #2 Hierarchy #3 Hierarchy #4 Hierarchy #5

This menu allows you to check the printer logs and usage, or initialize log as follows: Test 7: History History 1: Maintenance Shot Count : Enter
- Checks maintenance history (wiper, CR motor, PF motor, PG motor, number of prints, History
cleaning, ink consumption, number of dot fired, pump, circulation pump, number of solenoid
History 2: System Error
drive, UV lamp, Waste ink, CR maintenance, CR UnlockPos).
- Checks system error history. History 3: Error Initialization
- Checks print information (number of prints and printed area per print mode. number of prints
per effect, ink type, table height setting, data width and data length). History 4: Print Information Print 1: Number of Prints
- Checks operation time (each operation mode) Print 2: Printed Area
- Checks S/C log, power off log
- Checks Ink conversion log. Print 3: Effect
- Initializes system error history and S/C log.
Print 4: Ink Type

Print 5: Table Height

Print 6: Data Width

Print 7: Data Length

Print 8: Rotaty Rotary 1: Number of Prints


Unit by Print Mode

Rotary 2: Printed Area by


Print Mode

Rotary 3: Number of Pages


Printed per Media Diameter

Rotary 4: Printed Area per


Media Diameter

History 5: Operation Time

History 6: S/C Log

History 7: S/C Log Initialization

History 8: Power Off

History 9: Ink Conversion Log

5.7.7 Test 7: History 344


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

=>Check 1: Test

Find link in the following page.

5.7.7 Test 7: History 345


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.1 History 1: Maintenance History “PG Motor” and “T. PG Motor” are displayed in this menu only when the Table U/D is set to
“Auto”.
Displays the following printer and component usage.(Displayed in decimal notation) See “Update 10: Table U/D” for more details on the table U/D operation settings.

*1. One cycle of CR motor usage is counted when CR makes one-way movement from origin
side to non-origin side or from non-origin side to origin side.
*2. For the Shot Count menu flow, see ”Shot Count : Enter”.

*3. The cleaning history includes all the cleaning modes, initial charge and little charge.

=>Test 7: History

5.7.7 Test 7: History 346


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.1.(1) Shot Count : Enter


Check the average ink shot count per nozzle row.

=>History 1: Maintenance History

5.7.7 Test 7: History 347


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.2 History 2: System Error


Check the system error history. CPU error is excluded.
Up to 64 error history is displayed.

Print error history => Print 3: Error history

=>Test 7: History

5.7.7 Test 7: History 348


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.3 History 3: Error Initialization


Initialize the system error history.

=>Test 7: History

5.7.7 Test 7: History 349


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.4 History 4: Print Information


Check the print information (number of prints and printed area by print mode. number of prints
by effect setting, ink type, table height setting, data width and data length, number of prints
and printed area in Rotary Mode). The pattern printings are excluded from the count.

=>Test 7: History

5.7.7 Test 7: History 350


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.4.(1) Print 1: Number of Prints


Check the number of prints by print mode. Internal pattern printings are excluded.

=>History 4: Print Information

5.7.7 Test 7: History 351


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.4.(2) Print 2: Printed Area


Check the total printed area by print mode and accumulated total printed area in all print
modes (unit: m2). Internal pattern printings are excluded.

=>History 4: Print Information

5.7.7 Test 7: History 352


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.4.(3) Print 3: Effect


Check the number of prints by effect setting. Internal pattern printings are excluded.

=>History 4: Print Information

5.7.7 Test 7: History 353


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.4.(4) Print 4: Ink Type


Check the number of prints by ink type.

=>History 4: Print Information

5.7.7 Test 7: History 354


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.4.(5) Print 5: Table Height


Checks the number of prints by table height setting (at approx. 10-mm intervals).

=>History 4: Print Information

5.7.7 Test 7: History 355


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.4.(6) Print 6: Data Width


Check the number of prints by data width.

=>History 4: Print Information

5.7.7 Test 7: History 356


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.4.(7) Print 7: Data Length


Check the number of prints by data length.

=>History 4: Print Information

5.7.7 Test 7: History 357


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.4.(8) Print 8: Rotaty Unit


Checks the number of pages printed and printed area per print mode and media diameter in
Rotary Mode.

Hierarchy #4 Hierarchy #5
Print 8: Rotaty Unit Rotary 1: Number of Prints by Print Mode
Rotary 2: Printed Area by Print Mode
Rotary 3: Number of Pages Printed per Media Diameter
Rotary 4: Printed Area per Media Diameter

=>History 4: Print Information

5.7.7 Test 7: History 358


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.4.(8-a) Rotary 1: Number of Prints by Print Mode


Checks the number of pages printed per print mode in Rotary Mode. Internal pattern prints
are not included.

=>Print 8: Rotaty Unit

5.7.7 Test 7: History 359


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.4.(8-b) Rotary 2: Printed Area by Print Mode


Checks the total printed area per print mode in Rotary Mode. Internal pattern prints are not
included.

=>Print 8: Rotaty Unit

5.7.7 Test 7: History 360


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.4.(8-c) Rotary 3: Number of Pages Printed per Media Diameter


Checks the number of pages printed per media diameter (at 10-mm intervals) when using
Rotary Mode. Internal pattern prints are not included.

=>Print 8: Rotaty Unit

5.7.7 Test 7: History 361


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.4.(8-d) Rotary 4: Printed Area per Media Diameter


Checks the total printed area per media diameter (at 10-mm intervals) when using Rotary
Unit. Internal pattern prints are not included.

=>Print 8: Rotaty Unit

5.7.7 Test 7: History 362


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.5 History 5: Operation Time


Check the cumulative operating time by operation mode.

=>Test 7: History

5.7.7 Test 7: History 363


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.6 History 6: S/C Log


Check the smart chip log. Up to 24 records can be stored.

=>Test 7: History

5.7.7 Test 7: History 364


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.7 History 7: S/C Log Initialization


Initialize the smart chip log.

=>Test 7: History

5.7.7 Test 7: History 365


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.8 History 8: Power Off


Check the power off log.

=>Test 7: History

5.7.7 Test 7: History 366


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.7.9 History 9: Ink Conversion Log


Check the ink conversion log. Up to 10 log records will be displayed.
=>Test 7: History

5.7.7 Test 7: History 367


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.8 Test 8: Head Waveform


Check the head-driving waveforms.

=>Check 1: Test

5.7.8 Test 8: Head Waveform 368


5.7 Check 1: Test XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.7.9 Test 9: Time Check


Check the calendar on the main board. The calendar is managed by Real Time Clock (RTC).
MSA and the application for the manufacturing process are used for RTC setting.

=>Check 1: Test

5.7.9 Test 9: Time Check 369


5.8 Check 2: Ink Charge XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.8 Check 2: Ink Charge


This menu allows you to perform ink charging.
The ink charge menu includes the following items.

=>Turning on the printer

=>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1

5.7.9 Test 9: Time Check 370


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9 Check 3: Adjustment Hierarchy #2 Hierarchy #3


Adjustment 1: Head Nozzle Check
Perform the mechanical adjustment (head slant) and firmware parameter adjustment. The
adjustment items are shown in Table 4-1. In a manufacturing process, every item (except for Adjustment 2: Head Slant Check Head Slant: Head Slant 1
the send pitch check, fill pattern check and ink discharge) is adjusted. When the head is Head Slant: Head Slant 2
replaced, the head cleaning (turn the power off to replace the head after the cleaning is
Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment Print (Print 1, Print 2, Print 3)
completed), head nozzle check, UniD adjustment, BiD adjustment, margin adjustment and
test pattern printing are performed. If the dot placement becomes less precise after the head Setup (UniD)
replacement, BiD adjustment should be performed. Setup (BiD)
Setup (BiD ALL)
Print Pattern (Print)
Print Patten (Print 1)
Print Pattern (Print 2)
Print Pattern (Print 3)
Adjustment 4: Margin Adjustment
Adjustment 5: LED Pointer
Adjustment 6: Test Printing
Adjustment 7: Longstore
Adjustment 8: Software Counter Initialization
Adjustment 9: Send Pitch Check
Adjustment 10: Fill Pattern Check
Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge

See next page for panel chart.

5.7.9 Test 9: Time Check 371


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

=>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1

5.7.9 Test 9: Time Check 372


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.1 Adjustment 1: Head Nozzle Check


Once ink charging is complete, use this menu to run the nozzle check print to check that all
nozzles fire ink properly. If any nozzles are missing, go to ‘NozzleChk: Cleaning’ to perform
cleaning. If no media or ink cartridge is loaded, the printer request to load it. Once installed,
it prints the nozzle check pattern.
Note: The printer requests to load media or ink cartridge when needed.

See next page for Head nozzle check pattern

5.9.1 Adjustment 1: Head Nozzle Check 373


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

=>Check 3: Adjustment

5.9.1 Adjustment 1: Head Nozzle Check 374


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.2 Adjustment 2: Head Slant Check Hierarchy #3


The I9472 print head consists of 8 nozzle rows per head. Use this menu to print the Head Slant: Head Slant 1 1. Head twist adjustment pattern
adjustment pattern to check the dot placement alignment, If misalignment is found, calibrate 2. Head tilt adjustment pattern
the print head angle and twist. 3.Pattern Details (Head tilt adjustment
pattern)
Head Slant: Head Slant 2 Pattern 1
Pattern 2

=>Check 3: Adjustment

5.9.2 Adjustment 2: Head Slant Check 375


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.2.1 Head Slant: Head Slant 1 1. Head twist adjustment pattern

4-color config.:
A sample is printed in the CW direction from the media origin side in the combination of nozzle
G and A, G and C, G and E, H and B, H and D and H and F.

6-color config.:
A sample is printed in the CW direction from the media origin side in the combination of nozzle
E and A, E and C, F and B, F and D.

2. Head tilt adjustment pattern

4/6-color config.:
A sample is printed in the CW and CCW directions from the media origin side in the order of
nozzle A, C, E and G.

*Note: The patterns 1 and 2 are printed on the full width of the media (up to 3 places).

5.9.2 Adjustment 2: Head Slant Check 376


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

3.Pattern Details (Head tilt adjustment pattern)

=>Adjustment 2: Head Slant Check

5.9.2 Adjustment 2: Head Slant Check 377


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.2.2 Head Slant: Head Slant 2 Pattern 1

4/6-color config.:
Pattern 1 is printed from the origin side of the media in order from the nozzle A to H rows.

Pattern 2

4-color config.:
Pattern 2 is printed in CW/CCW directions from the origin side of the media in order of the
nozzle A, C, E and G.
6-color config.:
Pattern 2 is printed in CW/CCW directions from the origin side of the media in order from the
nozzle A to H rows.
See the previous page for more details on patterns 2.

*Note: Above patterns are an example of printing in 4-color config.


In 6-color config., the patterns will be printed according to the ink color of nozzles.

=>Adjustment 2: Head Slant Check

5.9.2 Adjustment 2: Head Slant Check 378


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment


This menu is used to align dot placement for Uni-directional or Bi-directional printing.
For the UniD adjustment, after the pattern is printed in CW direction, check the result and
enter the value to align dot placement of each nozzle row.
For the BiD adjustment, after pattern is printed in both CW/CCW direction, check the result
and enter the value to align dot placement between the CW and CCW direction. Due to the
characteristics of IA5540 head, only one BiD adjustment entry is available. The pattern
printing is performed by E row only (Magenta, odd-numbered nozzle). The same parameter
value will be applied to all nozzle rows.

5.9.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment 379


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

UniD/BiD Adjustment Detail

Hierarchy #4 Hierarchy #5
Setup Setup (UniD)
Setup (BiD)
Setup (BiD ALL)

Print Print (Print 1, Print 2, Print 3)


Print Pattern (Print)

Print1 Print (Print 1, Print 2, Print 3)


Print Patten (Print 1)

Print2 Print (Print 1, Print 2, Print 3)


Print Pattern (Print 2)

Print3 Print (Print 1, Print 2, Print 3)


Print Pattern (Print 3)

=>Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment

5.9.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment 380


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.3.1 Print (Print 1, Print 2, Print 3)


* The panel display is common for UniD and BiD.

5.9.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment 381


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.3.2 Setup (UniD)

=>UniD/BiD Adjustment Detail

5.9.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment 382


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.3.3 Setup (BiD)

=>UniD/BiD Adjustment Detail

5.9.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment 383


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.3.4 Setup (BiD ALL)

=>UniD/BiD Adjustment Detail

5.9.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment 384


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.3.5 Print Pattern (Print) <Print Information>


Depending on the selected pattern, the following information will be printed next to the
* If “Type B” is selected from Parameter > Uni/Bi Pattern, the block and line pattern will be
pattern.
printed. See Update 11: Uni/Bi Pattern for details on the Type B print pattern.
Menu Name:Pattern Information (Direction / Head Height / CR Speed / Head
* To change the print pattern, see Appendix A. Uni/Bi Type B Print Pattern.
Waveform)
Item to adjust Uni-direction printing
UniD320 VSD2: Uni-Lo 320cps VSD2
Print mode UniD, Selected print speed and dot family, Medium dot UniD320 VSD3: Uni-Lo 320cps VSD3
Pattern See below for the details. UniD320 VSD4: Uni-Lo 320cps VSD4

=>UniD/BiD Adjustment Detail

5.9.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment 385


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.3.6 Print Patten (Print 1)


Item to adjust Bi-direction printing
Print mode BiD, Selected print speed and dot family, Medium dot

<Print Information>
Depending on the selected pattern, the following information will be printed next to the
pattern.
Menu Name:Pattern Information (Direction / Head Height / CR Speed / Head
Waveform)

BiD320 VSD2: Bi-Lo 320cps VSD2


BiD320 VSD3: Bi-Lo 320cps VSD3
BiD320 VSD4: Bi-Lo 320cps VSD4

=>UniD/BiD Adjustment Detail

5.9.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment 386


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.3.7 Print Pattern (Print 2)


Item to adjust Bi-direction printing
Print mode BiD, Print speed and dot family according to the selected item, Medium dot =>UniD/BiD Adjustment Detail
Pattern See below for the details.

<Print Information>
Depending on the selected pattern, the following information will be printed next to the
pattern.
Menu Name:Pattern Information (Direction / Head Height / CR Speed / Head
Waveform)

BiD320 VSD2: Bi-Lo 320cps VSD2


BiD320 VSD3: Bi-Lo 320cps VSD3
BiD320 VSD4: Bi-Lo 320cps VSD4

5.9.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment 387


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.3.8 Print Pattern (Print 3)


Item to adjust Bi-direction printing
Print mode BiD, Print speed and dot family according to the selected item, Medium dot

Print the Bi-D adjustment pattern of Print 2 in all possible combination of print speed and
waveform for the selected head height in one page.
See Print Pattern (Print 2) for more details on the adjustment pattern.

Print item list:

<Print Information>
The following information will be printed next to the pattern.
Menu Name:Pattern Information (Direction / Head Height / CR Speed / Head
Waveform)

BiD320 VSD2: Bi-Lo 320cps VSD2


BiD320 VSD3: Bi-Lo 320cps VSD3
BiD320 VSD4: Bi-Lo 320cps VSD4

=>UniD/BiD Adjustment Detail

5.9.3 Adjustment 3: UniD/BiD, Low Adjustment 388


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.4 Adjustment 4: Margin Adjustment


Use this function to calibrate the print start position from the guide lines.
Even if the lower right corner of paper is aligned with the guide lines, the printer may not
precisely leave the margin in top, side or bottom. Use this function to calibrate the print start
position.

See next page for Margin Adjustment Patter

5.9.4 Adjustment 4: Margin Adjustment 389


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.4.1 Margin Adjustment Pattern


Adjustment item Top margin (print start position in PF direction)
Side margin (print start position in CR direction)
Printing condition Black 1 pass, UniD 360dpi, 320cps, VSD4, Large
When Confirm is selected,
the pattern will be printed with Magenta.

See next page for Media Loading Position

5.9.4 Adjustment 4: Margin Adjustment 390


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.4.2 Media Loading Position

=>Check 3: Adjustment

5.9.4 Adjustment 4: Margin Adjustment 391


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.5 Adjustment 5: LED Pointer


Calibrate the position of LED Pointer.
=>Check 3: Adjustment

5.9.5 Adjustment 5: LED Pointer 392


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.6 Adjustment 6: Test Printing


Run the selected test printing for check.

* See [Test Printing] for more details =>Check 5: Print

Onceprinting is complete, the displaygoes back to [Adjustment Menu] =>Check 3: Adjustment

=>Check 3: Adjustment

5.9.6 Adjustment 6: Test Printing 393


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.7 Adjustment 7: Longstore


Use this menu to clean the print head and ink lines before the print head replacement or at
the end of the production.
Once the Longstore is complete, the ink configuration setting is reset to default (Auto)
=>Update 8: Ink Configuration

=>Check 3: Adjustment

5.9.7 Adjustment 7: Longstore 394


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.8 Adjustment 8: Software Counter Initialization


Reset the following software counter.
Make sure to perform this menu before shipping this product.

=>Check 3: Adjustment

5.9.8 Adjustment 8: Software Counter Initialization 395


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.9 Adjustment 9: Send Pitch Check Adjustment pattern


Item to adjust: distance to feed the media per swath
Check if there is any error in the feeding amount per swath. Print mode: 320 cps, VSD4, Large

Table feed amount of H/6 (4.233mm) = table moving distance for one-sixth (1/6) of the print
head length.
Print head length 25.4 mm / 6 = 4.233 mm

Table feed amount of E/8 (0.750mm) = table moving distance for one-eighth (1/8) of encoder
diameter.
Encoder diameter 6 mm / 8 = 0.750 mm

=>Check 3: Adjustment

5.9.9 Adjustment 9: Send Pitch Check 396


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.10 Adjustment 10: Fill Pattern Check Print Pattern


Item to adjust: Fill pattern printing
Check the accuracy of fill pattern printing. Print mode: 320cps, VSD4, Large

=>Check 3: Adjustment

5.9.10 Adjustment 10: Fill Pattern Check 397


5.9 Check 3: Adjustment XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge


Discharges the ink from the ink tubes and the print head during maintenance.

=>Check 3: Adjustment

5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge 398


5.10 Check 4: Cleaning XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.10 Check 4: Cleaning


Choose the cleaning mode and perform head cleaning.

=>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1

5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge 399


5.11 Check 5: Print XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.11 Check 5: Print


Performs the test printing.

Hierarchy #2 Hierarchy #3
Print 1: Adjustment ALL -
Print 2: Parameter ALL -
Print 3: Error history -
Print 4: S/C Log -
Print 5: Life Information -

=>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1

5.9.11 Adjustment 11: Ink Discharge 400


5.11 Check 5: Print XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.11.1 Print 1: Adjustment ALL


Print adjustment patterns
=>Check 5: Print

5.11.1 Print 1: Adjustment ALL 401


5.11 Check 5: Print XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.11.2 Print 2: Parameter ALL


Print adjustment parameters

=>Check 5: Print

5.11.2 Print 2: Parameter ALL 402


5.11 Check 5: Print XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.11.3 Print 3: Error history


Print system error historyL

=>Check 5: Print

5.11.3 Print 3: Error history 403


5.11 Check 5: Print XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.11.4 Print 4: S/C Log


Print smart chip log

=>Check 5: Print

5.11.4 Print 4: S/C Log 404


5.11 Check 5: Print XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.11.5 Print 5: Life Information


Print maintenance history

=> History 1: Maintenance History

=>Check 5: Print

5.11.5 Print 5: Life Information 405


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12 Check 6: Parameter


This menu is to initialize or change adjustment parameters.
To backup and restore the parameters, start the printer in “Board Manager Mode” via LAN
using a PC with MSA installed.
See “Operation Manual of MUTOH Service Assistance” for more details on the board
manager mode.

=>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1

Hierarchy #2 Hierarchy #3
Parameter 1: Initialization Init. 1: Uni/BiLow
Init. 3: Servo
Parameter 2: Update Update 1: Uni/BiLow
Update 2: Margin Parameter
Update 3: LED Pointer
Update 4: Charge Flag
Update 5: Debug Bit
Update 6: Dot Control
Update 7: Ink Type
Update 8: Ink Configuration
Update 9: Periodic CL
Update 10: Table U/D
Update 11: Uni/Bi Pattern
Update 12: UV Lamp UV Lamp 1: UV Lamp Lighting
Direction
UV Lamp 2: UV Lamp / Illuminance
Update 13: UV System
Update 14: Lift Speed

5.11.5 Print 5: Life Information 406


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.1 Parameter 1: Initialization


Initialize the adjustment parameters.
- UniD/BiD, margin, and servo parameters
- History of the wiper, CR motor, PF motor, PG motor, pump, circulation pump 1 / 2, UV-Lamp,
waste ink, Number of Print, Print Information and CR UnlockPos.
- All items (except servo parameter)
- Daily log

If you tap [Enter], “Initialize OK?” will be displayed on the panel. Tap [Enter] to start
initialization.
If you tap [Cancel], “Untouched Param” will be displayed and the initialization will be
canceled.
Then the display goes back to “Parameter Menu”.

=>Check 6: Parameter

5.12.1 Parameter 1: Initialization 407


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.1.1 Init. 1: Uni/BiLow

If you tap [Enter], “Initialize OK?” will be displayed on the panel. Tap [Enter] to start
initialization.
If you tap [Cancel], “Untouched Param” will be displayed and the initialization will be
canceled.
Then the display goes back to “Parameter Menu”.

=>Parameter 1: Initialization

5.12.1 Parameter 1: Initialization 408


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.1.2 Init. 3: Servo

If you tap [Enter], “Initialize OK?” will be displayed on the panel. Tap [Enter] to start
initialization.
If you tap [Cancel], “Untouched Param” will be displayed and the initialization will be
canceled.
Then the display goes to “Parameter Menu”.

=>Parameter 1: Initialization

5.12.1 Parameter 1: Initialization 409


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update


Update the adjustment parameters.
UniD/BiD (Low only), Margin ,LED Pointer, Ink Charge Flag, Debug Bit,
Dot Control, Ink Type, Ink Configuration, Periodic Cleaning Operation,
Table up/down operation (Auto), UniD/BiD Pattern, UV Lamp, UV System, Lift Speed.

=>Check 6: Parameter

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 410


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.1 Update 1: Uni/BiLow

=>Parameter 2: Update

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 411


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.1.(1) Update the UniD/BiD adjustment parameters (PG Low).

=>Update 1: Uni/BiLow

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 412


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.1.(2) Update the Uni-D adjustment parameter to align dot placement of


uni-directional printing.

=>Update 1: Uni/BiLow

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 413


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.2 Update 2: Margin Parameter


This menu is used to update mechanical position parameters (top and side margins).

=>Parameter 2: Update

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 414


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.3 Update 3: LED Pointer


Update the LED pointer parameter.

=>Parameter 2: Update

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 415


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.4 Update 4: Charge Flag


Update the charge flag parameter.

=>Parameter 2: Update

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 416


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.4.(1) Ink configuration setting menu


When “User/Init: Charge” is selected, the following menu appears to specify ink configuration
if ink has not been charged in the printer and the ink configuration parameter has not been
specified yet.
When the ink configuration setting has been changed, a reboot request message will appear
(to change the memory setting).

=>Update 4: Charge Flag

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 417


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.5 Update 5: Debug Bit


Change the debug bits. This is a debug menu.
* The default values are set to 0. Before shipping this product, make sure to set the all values =>Parameter 2: Update
to 0.

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 418


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.6 Update 6: Dot Control


This menu is used for the dot control setting. This is a debug menu.
Specify the dot family and dot size for printing. =>Parameter 2: Update
If it is set to OFF, dot control is automatically determined in accordance with the printing data.

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 419


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.7 Update 7: Ink Type


Check the current ink type setting.
You cannot change the ink type from this menu.

=>Parameter 2: Update

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 420


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.8 Update 8: Ink Configuration


Check the current ink configuration.
If the ink configuration parameter has not been specified yet, “Auto” is displayed.
You cannot change the ink configuration from this menu.
After the Longstore is performed (see 4.7 Longstore), the ink configuration setting is reset to
default (Auto).

=>Parameter 2: Update

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 421


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.9 Update 9: Periodic CL


This menu is to enable or disable the auto cleaning as specified by the print head
specification.
The periodic cleanings are performed by following print head specifications in any settings
from the panel menu on the user modes.
The default setting is set to “Auto” to perform the periodic cleanings automatically.
When set “Off”, the following auto cleaning is disabled;
-the cleaning performed by each counter at the beginning of a printing
-the cleaning performed if the carriage is not in its home position when powering on the printer

=>Parameter 2: Update

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 422


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.10Update 10: Table U/D


Choose the automatic or manual table up/down operation.
For the automatic operation, the motor performs the table up/down operation.
For the manual operation, users uses the table up/down handle to lift or lower the table.

Following menu will be available depending on the table up/down operation setting.
In “Auto” setting:
Test 4: Sensor PG Origin
Test 7: History PG Motor / T. PG Motor
Parameter 1: Initialization PG Motor
Endurance 3: PG Motor

=>Parameter 2: Update

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 423


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.11Update 11: Uni/Bi Pattern


Select the Uni-D and Bi-D adjustment pattern in self-diagnosis mode.
The patterns for UniD/ BiD/ BiD ALL/ Adjust ALL will be printed with this setting.
The default setting is set to “Type A”.
When “Uni/Bi Ptn: Type A” is selected, the line pattern will be printed.
When “Uni/Bi Ptn: Type B” is selected, the line and block pattern will be printed.

=>Parameter 2: Update

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 424


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.11.(1)Adjustment pattern types:

* SeeAppendix A. Uni/Bi Type B Print Pattern for more details on Type B print pattern.

=>Update 11: Uni/Bi Pattern

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 425


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.12Update 12: UV Lamp


Specify the lighting direction and outut power of the UV Lamp to cure the ink while printing.

=>Parameter 2: Update

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 426


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.12.(1)UV Lamp 1: UV Lamp Lighting Direction


UTo set the lighting direction, following “AUTO” and “MANUAL” settings can be selected.

AUTO =>Update 12: UV Lamp


Lighting direction is specified by the print data setting (*UC command).
If the data does not contain the UV lighting setting (*UC command), lighting direction will
bespecified as follows (Duty 100%):
-In Uni-D printing, the lamp emits the LED lights in both CW/CCW directions (*1).
-In Bi-D printing, the lamp emits the LED lights in CW(*1) direction.
-Regardless of Uni-D/Bi-D printing, if the total pass of the printing is 4 pass or less, UV lamp
emits the LED lights in both CW/CCW(*1) directions.

MANUAL
The lamp emits the LED lights according to
“Parameter” > “Update” > “UV Lamp” setting.

*1 (Looking from the front of the printer)


CW direction :printing direction when the head moves from right to left.
CCW direction :printing direction when the head moves from left to right.

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 427


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.12.(2)UV Lamp 2: UV Lamp / Illuminance


Specify the UV lamp output power per block per printing direction.

=>Update 12: UV Lamp

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 428


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.13Update 13: UV System


Enable or disable the UV Lamp system for ink curing.
“On” setting:UV Lamp will be turned on
“Off” setting:UV Lamp will not be turned on.

=>Parameter 2: Update

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 429


5.12 Check 6: Parameter XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.12.2.14Update 14: Lift Speed


The table lifting speed can be changed from this menu. This is a debug menu.
The actual table lifting speed varies depending on the PG motor drive mode.
See Table. Lifting speed by PG motor drive mode for details.

=>Parameter 2: Update

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 430


5.13 Check 7: Servo XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.13 Check 7: Servo


Change the servo parameter setting.
Note: Do not fundamentally change the parameters because this is a menu for verifying the
unit’s problem (noise and/or vibration) or printing improvement (measures against vertical
banding).

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 431


5.13 Check 7: Servo XPJ661UFE-M-01

=>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 432


5.14 Check 8: Endurance XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.14 Check 8: Endurance


Performs the mechanical and head endurance test.

“PG Motor” is displayed in this menu only when "Table U/D" is set to “Auto”.
See Update 10: Table U/D for more details on table up/down operation setting.

Hierarchy #2 Hierarchy #3
Endurance 1: CR Motor -
Endurance 2: PF Motor - =>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1

Endurance 3: PG Motor

Endurance 4: Pump -
Endurance 5: Circulation Pump -
Endurance 6: Head Lock -
Endurance 7: Wiper -
Endurance 8: General Endurance -
Endurance 9: Endurance Check -

5.12.2 Parameter 2: Update 433


5.14 Check 8: Endurance XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.14.1 Endurance 1: CR Motor


Performs the CR motor endurance test. The carriage is scanned a specified travel distance
at a specified speed for a specified number of times. If “Life Count” is set to -1, this test is
repeated until [Cancel] is tapped. The maximum count number is 99,999,999 (8 digits). If it
exceeds the maximum, the count will be reset to 0.

*Note: This endurance test can be also performed with media loaded.

* 1. Selectable speed:
310cps, 320cps, 420cps
* 2. Range of the carriage travel distance
400mm to 757mm

=>Check 8: Endurance

5.14.1 Endurance 1: CR Motor 434


5.14 Check 8: Endurance XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.14.2 Endurance 2: PF Motor


Performs the PF motor endurance test. The PF motor runs a specified number of times. If
“Life Count” is set to -1, this test If the number of times is set to -1, the operation is repeated
until [Cancel] is tapped. The maximum count number is 99,999,999 (8 digits).
If exceeded, the count will be reset to 0.

Table has the maximum travel range. When the table moves to its limit, it will automatically
move back to the start position and will continue the endurance test.
If the table reaches its limit of travel in the middle of the media feeding, it will count as one
operation.

=>Check 8: Endurance

5.14.2 Endurance 2: PF Motor 435


5.14 Check 8: Endurance XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.14.3 Endurance 3: PG Motor


Performs the PG motor endurance test. The PG motor runs a specified number of times. If
“Life Count” is set to -1, this test is repeated until [Cancel] is pressed. The maximum count
number is 99,999,999 (8 digits). If it exceeds the maximum, the count will be reset to 0.

=>Check 8: Endurance

5.14.3 Endurance 3: PG Motor 436


5.14 Check 8: Endurance XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.14.4 Endurance 4: Pump


Performs the pump endurance test. The pump runs a specified number of times. If “Life
Count” is set to -1, this test is repeated until [Cancel] is tapped.
The maximum count number is 99,999,999 (8 digits). =>Check 8: Endurance

The operation sequence:


1.The pump endurance operation starts.
2.The pump rotates at the specified speed.
Speed Mode options:Suction time:
Super High (Ultra high speed):10.0 seconds
High (High speed):10.0 seconds
Normal (Normal speed):10.0 seconds
Low (Low speed):10.0 seconds
3.After finishing step 2, the counter counts up the number.
Return to step 2.
Repeat the procedure until it reaches a set number.

4.When it reaches a set number, the pump endurance test is completed.

5.14.4 Endurance 4: Pump 437


5.14 Check 8: Endurance XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.14.5 Endurance 5: Circulation Pump 5. When it reaches a set number, the circulation pump endurance test is completed.

Performs the circulation pump endurance test. The circulation pump runs a specified number
of times. If “Life Count” is set to -1, this test is repeated until [Cancel] is tapped.
The maximum count number is 99,999,999 (8 digits).
=>Check 8: Endurance

The current operation sequence:


1. The circulation pump endurance operation starts.
2. The circulation pump rotates at specified speed

Speed Mode options:Suction Time:


Super High (Ultra high speed):10.0 seconds
High (High speed):10.0 seconds
Normal (Normal speed):10.0 seconds
Low (Low speed):10.0 seconds

3. The operation stops for 60.0 seconds.


4. After finishing step 3, the counter counts up the number.
Return to step 2.
Repeat the procedure until it reaches a set number.

5.14.5 Endurance 5: Circulation Pump 438


5.14 Check 8: Endurance XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.14.6 Endurance 6: Head Lock


Performs the head lock endurance test. Lock/unlock operation of the head lock is performed
a specified number of times. If the specified number of times is set to -1, the operation is
repeated until [Cancel] is tapped. The maximum count number is 99,999,999 (8 digits).

=>Check 8: Endurance

5.14.6 Endurance 6: Head Lock 439


5.14 Check 8: Endurance XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.14.7 Endurance 7: Wiper


Performs the wiper endurance test.
Perform the ON / OFF operation of the wiper solenoid for the specified number of time.
If “Life Count” is set to -1, this test is repeated until [Cancel] is tapped.
The maximum count number is 99,999,999 (8 digits).

=>Check 8: Endurance

5.14.7 Endurance 7: Wiper 440


5.14 Check 8: Endurance XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.14.8 Endurance 8: General Endurance


Simultaneously performs the endurance test of the CR and PF. If the specified number of
times is set to -1, the operation is repeated until [Cancel] is tapped. The maximum count
number is 99,999,999 (8 digits).

The number of reciprocations of the carriage: Once


The number of times that the table is fed: Once

In this menu, the above operations are counted as one set of operation. As a count, the above
set of operation is displayed.

=>Check 8: Endurance

5.14.8 Endurance 8: General Endurance 441


5.14 Check 8: Endurance XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.14.9 Endurance 9: Endurance Check


Check the number of times that the endurance test is performed. Even if system error occurs,
you can check the number of endurance tests performed before the occurrence of the error
because the number is stored in the NVRAM.

=>Check 8: Endurance

5.14.9 Endurance 9: Endurance Check 442


5.15 Media Feed XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.15 Media Feed


5.15.1 Check 9: Media Feed
Feed the media loaded on the table.
If no media is loaded, this operation will not be performed.

=>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1

5.15.1 Check 9: Media Feed 443


5.16 Media Initialization XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.16 Media Initialization


5.16.1 Check 10: Media Initialization
Specify the media initialization method in Self-Diagnosis Mode.
Enter the media width and length.
When you enter the Self-Diagnosis Mode, the media initialization method or media width/
length set in User Mode is reflected in Self-Diagnosis Mode.
Media width and length entered in User Mode will be displayed first.

=>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1

5.16.1 Check 10: Media Initialization 444


5.17 Check 12: UV Lamp ON/OFF Check XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.17 Check 12: UV Lamp ON/OFF Check


5.17.1 Check 12: UV Lamp ON/OFF Check
Test the UV Lamp to make sure it turns on and off properly.

=>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1

5.17.1 Check 12: UV Lamp ON/OFF Check 445


5.18 Vacuum Fan XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.18 Vacuum Fan


5.18.1 Check 14: Vacuum Fan
Specify the vacuum fan duty control. When the printer is turned on, vacuum fan is always set
to Medium.
This setting is not stored in NVRAM. Every time when the printer is booted, it is initialized to
Medium.

=>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1

5.18.1 Check 14: Vacuum Fan 446


5.19 Table Height XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.19 Table Height


5.19.1 Check 15: Table Height
Select the method to determine the table height setting.
When booted with Self-diagnosis Mode, the table height specified in User Mode is displayed
in this menu.
The changes made in this menu will not be applied to User Mode.

=>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1

5.19.1 Check 15: Table Height 447


5.20 Check 16: Head Replace XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.20 Check 16: Head Replace In the initial charge, following menu appears to specify ink configuration if ink has not been
charged in the printer and the ink configuration parameter has not been specified yet.
After the ink configuration parameter has been updated, the initial ink charging will
5.20.1 Check 16: Head Replace automatically start.
When the ink configuration setting has been changed, a reboot request message will appear
Enter the head rank of the new head. This head rank determines the drive voltage and after ink charging (to change the memory setting).
compensate temperature. Refer tothe specification of I9472 Head for more details..
After entering the head rank, the head lifetime counter is automatically initialized and the
menu moves to ink charging process.

=>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1

5.20.1 Check 16: Head Replace 448


5.21 Packing XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.21 Packing
5.21.1 Check 17: For Packing
Prior to packing the printer, use this menu to automatically move the table to the packing
position to secure the table with shipping brackets.
Once the table moves to the bottom position, "Power Off Printer" will appear on the operation
panel to allow operators only to turn off the printer.

=>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1

5.21.1 Check 17: For Packing 449


5.22 Adjustment print setting XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.22 Adjustment print setting


5.22.1 Setting Values for Adjustment Printing
The following settings are used to print an adjustment pattern in self-diagnosis mode.

Setting items in the user mode Setting values in the self-diagnosis


Effect [None] for internal pattern.
Spitting On
Side margin 5 mm

For other settings, the user mode settings will be applied to self-diagnosis mode.

=>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1

5.22.1 Setting Values for Adjustment Printing 450


5.23 Parameter Initial Values XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.23 Parameter Initial Values 5.23.2 Parameter Initial Values 2


Item Initial Value Setting Range Count
5.23.1 Parameter Initial Values 1
Servo proportional gain (GP) 0x4800 0x2000~0x7800 0x200
Item Initial Value Setting Range Count 320CW 320CCW

UniD 0 -100~100 1 Servo integral gain (GI) 0x0080 0x0002~0x0800 1


(same speed and waveform) 320CW 320CCW
BiD 320 VSD2 -44 -400~400 1 Servo low-pass filter (GLPF) 228 0~255 1
320 VSD3 -39 320CW 320CCW

320 VSD4 -37 Servo PWM scale 13 10~15 1


320CW 320CCW
Margin Top margin 5.0mm 0.0~10.0 0.1
Servo ωC 45 30~60 5
320CW 320CCW
Side margin 5.0mm 0.0~10.0 0.1

LED Pointer (CR/PF) 0.0mm -10.0~10.0 0.1

Charge flag uncompleted uncompleted initial wash/ N/A =>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1
initial wash / unfilled ink
unfilled ink completed initial wash/
unfilled ink,
completed initial wash/
filled ink
Periodic CL Auto Auto / Off N/A
Table U/D Auto Auto / Manual N/A
Uni / Bi Pattern Type A TypeA / TypeB N/A

UV Lamp LT Dir. AUTO AUTO/MANUAL N/A

UV Lamp LT Illumi 100% 0~100% 1


UV System On On / Off N/A
Lift Speed High High/Medium/Low N/A

5.23.1 Parameter Initial Values 1 451


5.24 Required Media Size XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.24 Required Media Size 5.24.2 Check : Adjustment : Print, Check : Print
The table below shows the media size required for each internal pattern printing. Internal Test Print Required Media Required Media
To avoid unwanted paper waste, prepare the proper size of media. If using smaller size Pattern Type Width Length
media, the pattern cannot be fully printed (some part of the pattern might be missing), causing
unwanted paper waste. Adjust ALL 425mm 257mm
Parameter ALL 210mm 210mm
5.24.1 Check : Adjustment Log Info. 210mm 210mm
S/C Log Info. 280mm 160mm
Internal Test Print Required Media Required Media
Life Information 210mm 210mm
Pattern Type Width Length
Nozzle Check 425mm 210mm
Slant:Slant1 210mm 210mm
Slant:Slant2 280mm 210mm
=>Self-Diagnosis Function - Hierarchy #1
UniD 210mm 210mm
(TypeA) 210mm 210mm
BiD Print1 210mm 210mm
(TypeA) 210mm 210mm
BiD Print2 210mm 210mm
(TypeA) 210mm 210mm
BiD Print3 210mm 210mm
(TypeA) 210mm 210mm
UniD 40mm 40mm
(TypeB) 210mm 210mm
BiD Print1 210mm 594mm
(TypeB) 210mm 210mm

5.24.1 Check : Adjustment 452


5.25 Appendix A. Uni/Bi Type B Print Pattern XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.25 Appendix A. Uni/Bi Type B Print Pattern

=>Self-Diagnosis Function

5.25.1 A-1. Print Pattern by Ink Configuration


In UniD/BiD adjustment, the ink color on the Type B pattern varies by ink configuration on the
printer.
Here is examples of patterns for each combination and adjustment base row.
From the next page, we will explain each pattern when printing on 4-color ink configuration.

5.25.1 A-1. Print Pattern by Ink Configuration 453


5.25 Appendix A. Uni/Bi Type B Print Pattern XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.25.1.1 Print pattern example: UniD Low 320 VSD3

=>A-1. Print Pattern by Ink Configuration

5.25.1 A-1. Print Pattern by Ink Configuration 454


5.25 Appendix A. Uni/Bi Type B Print Pattern XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.25.2 A-2. UniD / Print

=>Appendix A. Uni/Bi Type B Print Pattern

5.25.2 A-2. UniD / Print 455


5.25 Appendix A. Uni/Bi Type B Print Pattern XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.25.3 A-3. BiD / Print1

=>Appendix A. Uni/Bi Type B Print Pattern

5.25.3 A-3. BiD / Print1 456


5.25 Appendix A. Uni/Bi Type B Print Pattern XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.25.3.1 BiD Print 1 Print Pattern - Printing Method

=>A-3. BiD / Print1

5.25.3 A-3. BiD / Print1 457


5.25 Appendix A. Uni/Bi Type B Print Pattern XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.25.4 A-4. BiD / Print2

=>Appendix A. Uni/Bi Type B Print Pattern

5.25.4 A-4. BiD / Print2 458


5.25 Appendix A. Uni/Bi Type B Print Pattern XPJ661UFE-M-01

5.25.4.1 BiD Print 2 Print Pattern - Printing Method


1. Print: 1stPass (CW Print)

H G B A
E-row
Head

㸫+ 㸫+ 㸫+ 㸫+

2. Print: 2ndPass (CCWPrint)

H G B A
Head

A, B, - H row from the origin side

㸫+ 㸫+ 㸫+ 㸫+

=>A-4. BiD / Print2

5.25.4 A-4. BiD / Print2 459


XPJ661UFE-M-01

6 Maintenance Mode 2
6.1 Introduction........................................................................461

460
6.1 Introduction XPJ661UFE-M-01

6.1 Introduction

Maintenance 2 functions are integrated in Self Diagnosis


=> 5 Self-Diagnosis Function.

461
XPJ661UFE-M-01

7 Maintenance
7.1 Introduction........................................................................463

7.2 Periodical Services............................................................464

7.2.1 Periodic Replacement Parts .................................... 465

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection / Replacement ...... 466

7.3 Part Life Information .........................................................467

7.4 Jigs and Tools ...................................................................468

7.4.1 Required Tools ........................................................ 468

7.5 Lubrication/Bonding .........................................................470

7.6 Transportation of Product ................................................471

462
7.1 Introduction XPJ661UFE-M-01

7.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information about the periodical services, part life, lubrication/bonding,
and transport.
• UV ink may cause strong irritation to your skin.
Wear butyl rubber gloves and protective goggles to prevent skin contact.
• The printer uses UV ink.
There is a possibility that the ink would be cured by strong light from fluorescent lamps or
Before starting part(s) replacement, always perform following operations. sunlight.
• Turn OFF power. Do not leave for a long time (1 or more days) with the cover removed.
• Remove Power plug from outlet.
Otherwise, you may suffer electric shock or system circuit may be damaged.
• Remove any Cable s connected to the printer.
Otherwise, the printer may be damaged.

Chapter TOC
=> 7.1 Introduction

• Components in printer can be disassembled only if instructed so in this manual.


Frame components and/or other components that are notinstructed are not disassemble .
The printer has been assembled in MUTOH factory with extremely high precision up to 1/
100mm.
If disassembled inappropriately, normal functionality may not be restored.
• Check if there is sufficient space around the printer when performing maintenance work.
When servicing the machinery inside with some covers removed, pay special attention not
to be injured by the driving mechanisms.
• Maintenance must be done by two or more persons for the following work.
When disassembling or reassembling the printer and Dedicated stand.
When packing the printer for transportation.

463
7.2 Periodical Services XPJ661UFE-M-01

7.2 Periodical Services


This section describes the periodical services required for this printer.
The following periodic maintenance is conducted to ensure the consistent print quality.
• Replace a periodic maintenance parts.
• Check if the printer works properly.

=> Operation Manual

464
7.2 Periodical Services XPJ661UFE-M-01

7.2.1 Periodic Replacement Parts


The parts in the following table require replacement once per year.

Maintenance part(s) Maintenance part name Remark


numbers
XPJ-461UF Periodic Ch8 Exp view _8.5 Periodic
Maintenance Kit Replace Parts

Chapter TOC
=> 7.1 Introduction

7.2.1 Periodic Replacement Parts 465


7.2 Periodical Services XPJ661UFE-M-01

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection / Replacement

Part Timing Check point Action


Daily maintenance check point by the user Several times per year • No ink adhesion If the stain is left, tell the user to clean it
(Platen, pressure roller, wiper, outer surface of • No foreign objects periodically according to the user manual.
the print head) • No damage (If leaving it for long time, the replacement
frequency will increase.)
• Daily maintenance is properly
performed or not
Timing fence Several times per year • No media dust accumulation • Perform the cleaning.
(CR encoder detection slit plate) • No foreign objects • If damaged, replace the parts.
• No damage
Roller strip Several times per year • No ink adhesion • Perform the cleaning.
• No foreign objects • Apply the lubricant if necessary.
• No damage => 7.5 Lubrication/Bonding
• Lubricant application
Table surface Several times per year • No media dust accumulation • Perform the cleaning.
• No foreign objects • If ink adhered, remove it with a dampened cloth, and
• No damage then wipe the area with a clean dry cloth.

Chapter TOC
=> 7.1 Introduction

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection / Replacement 466


7.3 Part Life Information XPJ661UFE-M-01

7.3 Part Life Information


This section describes the lifecycle of maintenance parts.
To check the life of maintenance parts, check the maintenance counter in Self-diagnosis mode.
The parts life information for this printer is shown in the table below.

Part Replacement Panel Message Panel Message How to Restore Replacement Parts Action
Cycle Cycle
Wiper 6 months - - - Wiper Clean around the wiper.
(Periodic Replacement Kit)
Cap unit 12 months - - - Cap Clean around the cap.
(Periodic Replacement Kit)
Circulation Pump - 93.1hours Life Times [Pump] Counter Clear Circulation Pump Check the damage on peripheral parts.
OK->Enter Clean around the circulation pump.
Waste Fluid Pump - 93.1 hours Life Times [C Pump] Counter Clear Waste Fluid Pump Check the damage on peripheral parts.
OK->Enter Clean around the waste ink pump.
CR Motor - 4,370,000 shuttles Life Times [CR Motor] Counter Clear CR Motor Check the damage on ink tubes.
OK->Enter Check the damage on CR FFC.
PF Motor - 176700m Life Times [PF Motor] Counter Clear PF Motor Check the damage on peripheral parts.
OK->Enter
UV-LED - 14,250hours Life Times [UV Lamp] Counter Clear UV-LED Check the damage on peripheral parts.
OK->Enter
Print Head - 6 billion Dot - - Print Head Check the damage on peripheral parts.
[600,000,000 Dot] Clean around the head.

Chapter TOC
=> 7.1 Introduction

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection / Replacement 467


7.4 Jigs and Tools XPJ661UFE-M-01

7.4 Jigs and Tools


This section provides lists of jigs and tools required for service operations.

Chapter TOC
7.4.1 Required Tools
=> 7.1 Introduction
(1) Tools for Part Replacement

No. Part(s) No. Name Reference


1 Generic product Phillips Screwdriver No.2 -
2 Generic product Phillips Screwdriver No.2 Shaft length: 250mm or longer
(For print head)
3 Generic product Phillips Screwdriver No.2 Shaft length: 50mm or shorter
4 Generic product Phillips Screwdriver No.1 Screw size: M2.5 or smaller
5 Generic product Slotted Screwdriver -
6 Generic product Screwdriver (Precision) -
7 Generic product Ratchet Screwdriver -
8 Generic product Nose Pliers -
9 Generic product Tweezers -
10 Generic product Hex wrench (2.5mm) -
11 Generic product Hex wrench (2.5mm) Shaft length: 150mm or longer
Type: Other than L-shaped (For
screw fixing the head base)
12 Generic product Hex wrench (1.5mm) -
13 Generic product Penlight -
14 Generic product Loupe (x10) For print head adjustment
15 Generic product Hex Spanner (14mm) -
16 Generic product Hex Spanner (3mm) -
17 Generic product Magic Marker -
18 Generic product Tube Cutter -
19 Generic product Plastic Bag -
20 Generic product Waste Clothes -
21 Generic product Thread Lock -

7.4.1 Required Tools 468


7.4 Jigs and Tools XPJ661UFE-M-01

(2) Tools for Adjustment


No. Part(s) No. Name Reference
1 Generic product Network Interface Cable -
2 Network Software Mutoh Service Assistance Ver.5.0.1 or later
(MSA)
3 Generic product Tension gauge Max.: 40N
4 Generic product Tension gauge Max.: 2N
5 Generic product Level For checking installation envi-
ronment
6 - Dedicated paper For adjusting printing accuracy
7 DG-41787 Valve Head Cleaning Kit For cleaning valve head
(VJ Ink)
8 DG-43193 PG Adjusting Jig (1.1/1.3) For adjusting head height
(1.1mm/1.3mm)
9 DG-45465 Jig Cartridge Assy For replacing head
10 DG-47405 Head Cleaner Jig (5540) For cleaning head
11 DH-40022 UV LED Adjustment Jig For adjusting UV-LED
12 Generic product Network Interface Cable -

Chapter TOC
=> 7.1 Introduction

7.4.1 Required Tools 469


7.5 Lubrication/Bonding XPJ661UFE-M-01

7.5 Lubrication/Bonding
This section covers the lubrication/bonding information. After disassembling/assembling this printer, always perform necessary lubrication/bonding referring the following table.

• Only use specified lubricants to the printer. The use of unauthorized lubricants may damage the components and shorten the printer life.
• Do not lubricate too much on single part.

Parts name Location Manufacturer Model Name

CR drive section Y rail Apply to the hole securing Y drive base. Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd. MOLYKOTE(R)EM-60LGREASE
Apply to the hole securing the return pulley bracket. Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd. MOLYKOTE(R)EM-60LGREASE
Pressure cam Apply to the cam part. Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd. MOLYKOTE(R)EM-60LGREASE
Drive pulley Apply to the drive pulley. Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd. MOLYKOTE(R)EM-60LGREASE
Roller strip Apply to the front surface of roller strip. NIPPON OIL CORPORATION SUPERMULPASS32 (Super multi
dia tetrat)
CR driven pulley adjusting screw After adjusting the steel belt, apply the screw lock. Three Bond Co., Ltd. 1401

Cursor section Rack Apply to the gear. Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd. MOLYKOTE(R)EM-60LGREASE

Head base section Head mounting plate Apply to the screw hole securing shoulder screw. Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd. MOLYKOTE(R)EM-60LGREASE
Head base push spring Apply to the spring and washer. Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd. MOLYKOTE(R)EM-60LGREASE

Others Screw Apply to where the screw lock is applied. Three Bond Co., Ltd. 1401
Edges tend to be sharp Attach acetate tapes to the tape wires or harnesses to Not specified -
prevent sharp edge.

Chapter TOC
=> 7.1 Introduction

7.4.1 Required Tools 470


7.6 Transportation of Product XPJ661UFE-M-01

7.6 Transportation of Product


• When transporting the printer, in order to protect it from vibration or impact, it needs to be
packed in the same state as when purchased using the cushion foam and packing material.
• Regardless of whether the printer is packed or unpacked, do not tilt the printer more than
30-degree angle. It will cause misalignment in each adjusted part.

=> Installation Manual

(1) Printer Installation Requirement

• Required installation space: D 1800mm x W 1400mm


• Allowable table levelness: Less than 15mm
• Recommended table load capacity: 150kg minimum

(2) When Moving Printer

When moving the printer to change the installation site by users, follow these steps.

• Check that the printer is turned off.


(Check if the head is in the capping station)
• Empty the waste ink tank and hook the waste ink drain tube.
• Remove all cables from the printer including power cord and LAN cable.

For moving that may cause vibration to the printer,

• Perform “Ink Discharge”.


• Secure the print head and table with the shipping brackets.
• Tape the covers that can open by moving

Chapter TOC
=> 7.1 Introduction

7.4.1 Required Tools 471


XPJ661UFE-M-01

8 Exploded View
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List ...................................................475

8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram .....................................492

8.3 Exploded View ...................................................................496

472
XPJ661UFE-M-01

8.4 Exploded View - Maintenance Parts ............................... 569

473
XPJ661UFE-M-01

8.5 Periodic Replace Parts......................................................578

474
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List Part(s) No. Maintenance Part(s) Name Reference

DH-40225 Carriage Assy(UF) -

DG-44689 Mini Latch S Assy -


As of August 21, 2020 (No.00694SP01)
DG-44903 LED Pointer Assy -

DH-40000 UV-LED Lamp Assy -

DF-49027 Fence Guide Assy -

DF-49047 CR Return Pulley Assy -


The changes made to the maintenance parts list are shown below.
When ordering the service parts, apply the modified service part(s). DF-49044 CR Belt A1 Assy -
[Change]
DF-49024 T Fence A1 Assy -
• DG-44771: Carriage Assy
=> DH-40225: Carriage Assy(UF) DF-48991 CR Motor Relay A1_Assy -
• DH-40092: LED_CONT Cable Assy
=> DG-44796: LED_CONT Cable Assy DG-44690 T Fence Spring Assy -
[Addition]
DG-44691 CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy -
• DH-40048: LED_CONT Board Assy
DG-44693 CR Motor Assy -

DF-49020 PF Motor Assy -

Part(s) No. Maintenance Part(s) Name Reference DG-44772 PF Pulley Assy -

DF-46671 O Ring M6 - DG-44773 PF Scale Assy -

DG-41543 Valve Head Assy - DG-45219 PF Seal Assy -

DG-41915 Connector_Valve_Head Assy - DG-44775 PF Belt Assy -

DF-49018 Head FG_Assy - DG-46427 CR Encoder Assy -

DF-49471 CR HP Sensor. Lever Sensor - DG-48112 PF Motor Cable Assy -

DG-49990 Print Head Assy_I9472(Set) - DG-48113 PF Motor Relay Cable Assy -

DG-42947 CR Encoder Assy - DG-48114 PF Encoder Relay Cable Assy -

DG-42959 CR Board Assy - DG-48115 TF Origin Sensor Cable Assy -

DF-49065 Roller Arm Assy - DH-40040 MIST Fan Cable -

DG-44687 Head FFC Assy - DG-44782 Resin Filter Kit -

475
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

Part(s) No. Maintenance Part(s) Name Reference Part(s) No. Maintenance Part(s) Name Reference

DH-40041 Laser Sensor 2 Assy - DH-40003 I/C Holder Assy 2 -

DG-48118 Leveling Adjuster Assy - DH-40004 I/C Holder Assy 3 -

DG-42988 Adsorption Fan Assy - DH-40001 DC Pump Assy -

DG-48119 Vacuum Fan Cable 1 Assy - DG-46873 Power Supply Board Assy -

DG-48120 Vacuum Fan Cable 2 Assy - DG-43741 FG Cable Assy -

DG-48121 Vacuum Fan Cable 3 Assy - DG-45354 Cooling Fan Assy -

DG-48122 TZ Origin Sensor Cable 1 Assy - DG-42993 MAIN DC Cable Assy -

DG-48123 TZ Origin Sensor Cable 2 Assy - DG-46952 AC Inlet Assy -

DG-48124 Z Motor Assy - DG-43396 Junction 2 Board -

DG-48125 Z Motor Relay Cable Assy - DF-49017 Head Cable Assy -

DG-48126 Z Motor Cable Assy - DH-40017 MAIN Board -

DH-40042 Screw Shaft Assy - DG-44716 JUNC FFC Assy -

DG-48681 VJ five-layer black tube 3-4(1m) - DG-44717 JUNC ID Cable Assy -

DG-48682 VJ five-layer black tube 3-4(2m) - DG-44718 JUNC ID Cable2 Assy -

DG-44741 Clamp_FFC32_Assy - DH-40016 Switching Power Supply Board -

DG-44742 Clamp Tube Assy - DH-40048 LED_CONT Board -

DG-44743 Clamp Bare64 Assy - DG-44792 AC Cable Assy -

DG-44703 CR FFC Assy - DH-40043 Terminal Base-LED PS Cable -

DG-44704 Steel Bare Assy - DG-48130 RC Cable Assy -

DG-44705 Tube Guide Film Assy - DH-40083 LED_DC Cable -

DG-44787 Clamp Retainer_P - DG-44797 LED_TH Cable Assy -

DF-43967 Pressure Roller Holder Spring - DH-40019 LED_HEAD Cable -

DH-40005 Ink ID Board - DG-44799 Terminal Block -

DH-40002 I/C Holder Assy 1 - DG-44806 Terminal Block-Power Cable Assy -

476
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

Part(s) No. Maintenance Part(s) Name Reference

DG-48134 Head Cap Assy -

DG-41090 Wiper Solenoid SDC630KG -

DF-48995 Vacuum FAN Relay 2 Assy -

DG-44723 Wiper SOL Cable Assy -

DH-40006 Waste Fluid Bottle Assy -

DG-49070 Replaceable Wiper Assy(26UF) -

DG-42956 Cover Switch Assy -

DG-49289 Panel Unit Assy -

DH-40045 Panel FFC -

DG-48136 Maintenance Cover Cable Assy -

DH-40046 Front Cover Cable -

DG-41787 Valve Head Cleaning Kit (VJ Ink) -

DH-40023 XPJ-461UF Periodic Maintenance Kit -

DG-43193 PG Adjusting Jig (1.1/1.3) -

DH-40022 UV LED Adjustment Jig -

DG-45465 Jig Cartridge Assy -

DH-40047 Laser Sensor Adjusting Jig -

DG-48385 VJ626UF UV Lamp maintenance kit -

DG-47405 Head Cleaner Jig (5540) -

DG-41001 VJ16 Wiper Assy -

DG-44796 LED_CONT Cable Assy -

DH-40014 Sensor Relay Cable -

DH-40339 Eccentric Screwdriver 6-3 -

477
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

DF-46671 DF-49018

O Ring M6 Head FG_Assy

DG-41543 DF-49471

Valve Head Assy CR HP Sensor. Lever Sensor

DG-49990

Print Head
Assy_I9472(Set)

DG-41915

Connector_Valve_Head
Assy

478
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

DG-42947 DH-40225

CR Encoder Assy Carriage Assy(UF)

DG-42959 DG-44689

CR Board Assy Mini Latch S Assy

DF-49065 DG-44903

Roller Arm Assy LED Pointer Assy

DG-44687 DH-40000

Head FFC Assy UV-LED Lamp Assy

479
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

DF-49027 DF-48991

Fence Guide Assy CR Motor Relay A1_Assy

DF-49047 DG-44690

CR Return Pulley Assy T Fence Spring Assy

DF-49044 DG-44691
CR Belt A1 Assy CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy

DF-49024 DG-44693
T Fence A1 Assy CR Motor Assy

480
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

DF-49020 DG-44775

PF Motor Assy PF Belt Assy

DG-44772 DG-46427

PF Pulley Assy CR Encoder Assy

DG-44773 DG-48112

PF Scale Assy PF Motor Cable Assy

DG-45219 DG-48113

PF Seal Assy PF Motor Relay Cable Assy

481
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

DG-48114 DH-40041

PF Encoder Relay Cable Assy Laser Sensor 2 Assy

DG-48115 DG-48118

TF Origin Sensor Cable Assy Leveling Adjuster Assy

DH-40040 DG-42988

MIST Fan Cable Adsorption Fan Assy

DG-44782 DG-48119

Resin Filter Kit Vacuum Fan Cable 1 Assy

482
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

DG-48120 DG-48124

Vacuum Fan Cable 2 Assy Z Motor Assy

DG-48121 DG-48125

Vacuum Fan Cable 3 Assy Z Motor Relay Cable Assy

DG-48122 DG-48126

TZ Origin Sensor Cable 1 Assy Z Motor Cable Assy

DG-48123 DH-40042

TZ Origin Sensor Cable 2 Assy Screw Shaft Assy

483
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

DG-48681 DG-44743

VJ five-layer black tube 3-4(1m) Clamp Bare64 Assy

DG-48682 DG-44703

VJ five-layer black tube 3-4(2m) CR FFC Assy

DG-44741 DG-44704

Clamp_FFC32_Assy Steel Bare Assy

DG-44742 DG-44705

Clamp Tube Assy Tube Guide Film Assy

484
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

DG-44787 DH-40003

Clamp Retainer_P I/C Holder Assy 2

DF-43967 DH-40004

Pressure Roller Holder Spring I/C Holder Assy 3

DH-40005 DH-40001
Ink ID Board DC Pump Assy

DH-40002 DG-46873
I/C Holder Assy 1 Power Supply Board Assy

485
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

DG-43741 DG-43396

FG Cable Assy Junction 2 Board

DG-45354 DF-49017

Cooling Fan Assy Head Cable Assy

DG-42993 DH-40017

MAIN DC Cable Assy MAIN Board

DG-46952 DG-44716

AC Inlet Assy JUNC FFC Assy

486
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

DG-44717 DG-44792

JUNC ID Cable Assy AC Cable Assy

DG-44718 DH-40043

JUNC ID Cable2 Assy Terminal Base-LED PS Cable

DH-40016 DG-48130

Switching Power Supply Board RC Cable Assy

DH-40048 DH-40083

LED_CONT Board LED_DC Cable

487
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

DG-44797 DG-48134

LED_TH Cable Assy Head Cap Assy

DH-40019 DG-41090

LED_HEAD Cable Wiper Solenoid SDC630KG

DG-44799 DF-48995Y

Terminal Block Vacuum FAN Relay 2 Assy

DG-44806 DG-44723

Terminal Block-Power Cable Assy Wiper SOL Cable Assy

488
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

DH-40006 DH-40045

Waste Fluid Bottle Assy Panel FFC

DG-49070 DG-48136

Replaceable Wiper Assy(26UF) Maintenance Cover Cable Assy

DG-42956 DH-40046

Cover Switch Assy Front Cover Cable

DG-49289 DG-41787

Panel Unit Assy Valve Head Cleaning Kit


(VJ Ink)

489
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

DH-40023 DH-40047

XPJ-461UF Periodic Laser Sensor Adjusting Jig


Maintenance Kit

DG-43193

PG Adjusting Jig (1.1/1.3)

DG-48385

DH-40022 VJ626UF UV Lamp


maintenance kit
UV LED Adjustment Jig

DG-47405
DG-45465 Head Cleaner Jig (5540)
Jig Cartridge Assy

490
8.1 Maintenance Part(s) List XPJ661UFE-M-01

DG-41001

VJ16 Wiper Assy Chapter TOC => 8 Exploded View

DG-44796

LED_CONT Cable Assy

DH-40014

Sensor Relay Cable

DH-40339

Eccentric screwdriver 6-3

491
8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram XPJ661UFE-M-01

8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram

Chapter TOC=> 8 Exploded View

492
8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram XPJ661UFE-M-01

0100 Electric Diagram

493
8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram XPJ661UFE-M-01

0200 Tube Diagram - 4 colors

494
8.2 Electric Diagram / Tube Diagram XPJ661UFE-M-01

0201 Tube Diagram- 6 colors

495
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

8.3 Exploded View

Chapter TOC=> 8 Exploded View

496
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0100 Frame Overview

497
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0101 Frame - R view

498
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0102 Frame - L view

499
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0103 Frame - R Parts

500
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0104 Frame - L Parts

501
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0105 Frame - Front / Side

502
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0106 Frame - Base 01

503
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0107 Frame - Base 01 Nut

504
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0108 Frame - Base 01 Screw

505
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0109 Frame - Base 01 Clamp

506
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0110 Frame - Base 02

507
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0111 Frame - Base 02 Bracket

508
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0112 Frame - Base 02 Screw

509
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0113 Frame - Base 02 Nut

510
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0114 Frame - Actuator

511
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0115 Frame - PF

512
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0116 Frame - Base 03

513
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0117 Frame - Details 01

514
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0118 Frame - Details 02

515
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0200 Table - Overview

516
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0201 Table - Breakdown

517
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0202 Table - Bottom

518
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0203 Table - Z Motor

519
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0204 Table - UD 01

520
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0205 Table - UD 02

521
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0206 Table - Top 01

522
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0207 Table -Table Vacuum Fan

523
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0300 Cover - Overview

524
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0301 Cover - Breakdown

525
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0302 Cover - Front / Side / Rear

526
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0303 Cover - Top 01

527
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0304 Cover - Top 02

528
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0305 Cover - Top 03

529
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0306 Cover - Top 04

530
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0307 Cover - Top 05

531
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0308 Cover - Top 06

532
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0309 Cover - Top 07

533
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0401 Board Box - Overview 01

534
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0402 Board Box - Overview 02

535
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0403 Board Box - Junction / Terminal

536
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0404 Board Box - PS

537
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0405 Board Box - LED Cont

538
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0406 Board Box - Clamp

539
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0407 Board Box - Main / PS

540
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0501 CR - Overview

541
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0502 CR - Breakdown

542
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0503 CR - Cursor

543
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0504 CR - Headbase

544
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0505 CR - Prin Head

545
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0506 CR - Board

546
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0507 CR - UV LED

547
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0601 Y Rail - Overview 01

548
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0602 Y Rail - Overview 02

549
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0603 Y Rail - Breakdown

550
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0604 Y Rail - T Fence

551
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0605 Y Rail - Roller

552
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0606 Y Rail - R / L

553
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0607 Y Rail - Fixing

554
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0701 Cable Guide - Overview

555
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0702 Cable Guide - Board Box Side

556
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0703 Cable Guide - CR Side

557
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0801 IH R - Overview

558
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0802 IH R - Breakdown

559
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0901 IH L - Overview

560
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0902 IH L - Upper

561
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

0903 IH L - Lower

562
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

1001 Maintenance - Overview

563
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

1002 Maintenance - Lower

564
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

1003 Maintenance - Upper

565
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

1004 Maintenance - Upper Details

566
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

1101 Panel

567
8.3 Exploded View XPJ661UFE-M-01

1201 Accessories

568
8.4 Exploded View - Maintenance Parts XPJ661UFE-M-01

8.4 Exploded View - Maintenance Parts

Chapter TOC=> 8 Exploded View

569
8.4 Exploded View - Maintenance Parts XPJ661UFE-M-01

0100 Carriage

570
8.4 Exploded View - Maintenance Parts XPJ661UFE-M-01

0200 Head Cap

571
8.4 Exploded View - Maintenance Parts XPJ661UFE-M-01

0300 Wiper

572
8.4 Exploded View - Maintenance Parts XPJ661UFE-M-01

0400 DC Pump

573
8.4 Exploded View - Maintenance Parts XPJ661UFE-M-01

0500 I/C Holder 01

574
8.4 Exploded View - Maintenance Parts XPJ661UFE-M-01

0501 I/C Holder 02

575
8.4 Exploded View - Maintenance Parts XPJ661UFE-M-01

0502 I/C Holder 03

576
8.4 Exploded View - Maintenance Parts XPJ661UFE-M-01

0600 Waste Fluid Bottle

577
8.5 Periodic Replace Parts XPJ661UFE-M-01

8.5 Periodic Replace Parts

Chapter TOC=> 8 Exploded View

578
8.5 Periodic Replace Parts XPJ661UFE-M-01

0100 Maintenance Unit

579
8.5 Periodic Replace Parts XPJ661UFE-M-01

0200 Wiper Unit

580

You might also like